ashland oredock phase 1 improvements - coawi.org

PROJECT MANUAL

Ashland Oredock Phase 1 Improvements 715 WATER STREET ASHLAND, WI 54806 PREPARED FOR:

CITY OF ASHLAND, WISCONSIN 601 MAIN STREET WEST ASHLAND, WI 54806 VOLUME 1 OF 1 PROJECT NO.: 20194.001 ISSUE DATE: 2 JULY 2018 ISSUED FOR: BID

44 EAST MIFFLIN STREET MADISON, WI 53703

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTIONS PAGES DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 000115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS SECTION 001113 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS SECTION 002113 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 002513 - PREBID MEETINGS SECTION 003119 - EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION SECTION 003143 - PERMIT APPLICATION SECTION 004113 - BID FORM SECTION 004313 - BID SECURITY FORMS SECTION 004373 - PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM SECTION 006000 - FORMS SECTION 006001 - AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR SECTION 007213 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 007300 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 007500 - INDEMNIFICATION AND REFERENCE STANDARDS

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY SECTION 011500 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 012510 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SECTION 013110 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 013330 - SUBMITTAL COMPLIANCE FORM SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 015000.01 - PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS

SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

SECTION 030413 - COMMON SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

DIVISION 05 - METALS

SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SECTION 055313 - BAR GRATINGS SECTION 057300 - METAL RAILINGS

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

SECTION 061323 - HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK

SECTION 312000 - EARTH MOVING DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

SECTION 320413 - COMMON SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 321313 - CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 329100 - SOIL PREPARATION (TOPSOIL)

SmithGroupJJR | 21094.001 Issued for Bid Ashland Oredock - Phase I Improvements July 2, 2018

LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 000115 - 1

DOCUMENT 000115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS

1.1 LIST OF DRAWINGS

A. Drawings: Drawings consist of the Contract Drawings and other drawings listed on the Table of Contents page of the separately bound drawing set titled BID DOCUMENTS, dated 2 JUNE 2018, as modified by subsequent Addenda and Contract modifications.

B. List of Drawings: Drawings consist of the following Contract Drawings and other drawings of type indicated: DRAWING NUMBER DRAWING NAME G-001 COVER SHEET CV100 EXISTING CONDITIONS CD100 SITE PREPARATION AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN CS100 OVERALL SITE LAYOUT AND MATERIALS PLAN CS101 SITE LAYOUT AND MATERIALS PLAN ENLARGEMENT CS300 SITE SECTIONS CS301 SITE SECTIONS CS400 HANDRAIL LAYOUT PLAN CS401 GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 LAYOUT PLAN CS402 GUARDRAIL TYPE 2 LAYOUT PLAN CS500 SITE DETAILS CS501 PLINTH DETAILS CS502 LIGHT MAST FOUNDATION DETAILS CS503 HANDRAIL DETAILS CS504 GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 DETAILS CS505 GUARDRAIL TYPE 2 DETAILS CS506 GUARDRAIL TYPE 3 DETAILS S-001 STRUCTURAL NOTES S-101 BRIDGE 1 LAYOUT S-102 BRIDGE 1 FRAMING PLAN S-301 BRIDGE 1 SECTION AND DETAILS S-501 BRIDGE 1 - DETAILS 1 S-502 BRIDGE 1 - DETAILS 2 S-503 BRIDGE 1 - DETAILS 3 S-504 BRIDGE 1 - DETAILS 4 S-505 BRIDGE 1 - DETAILS 5 S-506 BRIDGE 1 - BEAM DETAILS 1 S-507 BRIDGE 1 - BEAM DETAILS 2 S-508 CONCRETE DETAILS

END OF DOCUMENT

Ashland Oredock Phase I Improvements SmithGroupJJR | 21094.001

Issued for Bid July 2, 2018

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 001113 - 1

DOCUMENT 001113 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

Sealed bids will be received from qualified bidders by the City of Ashland, 601 Main

Street West, Ashland, WI, on or before Friday, July 20, 2018, at 4:00 PM CDT for the Ashland Oredock Phase I Improvements in the City of Ashland, WI. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the at 5:00 PM on July 20, 2018.

The Project includes Phase I of a multi-phase project to construct a seating plinths and a

steel overlook structure, as well as associated walls, walks, stairs, foundations, and guardrails. The Phase 1 Project also includes the fabrication and installation of safety ladders and foundation plinths for salvaged, historic light masts.

Plans and Specifications may be obtained from the City of Ashland, 601 Main Street, Ashland, WI 54806, and online at www.coawi.org, beginning July 2, 2018. Each bid must be presented in a sealed envelope marked: “ASHLAND ORE DOCK PHASE I IMPROVEMENTS.” BIDS MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A BID SECURITY IN THE AMOUNT OF 5 PERCENT OF THE BID AMOUNT. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after opening of bids. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities and irregularities that may occur in the bidding process. Bidders must be properly licensed under the laws governing their respective trades and be able to obtain insurance and bonds required for the Work. A Performance Bond, separate Labor and Material Payment Bond, and Insurance in a form acceptable to Owner will be required of the successful Bidder. Prevailing wages will apply to this project. There will be an optional bid period walkthrough on Monday, July 9, 2018 at 2:00 pm. at the Oredock (Project Site), 715 Water Street, Ashland, WI. Bidders are encouraged to attend. This Advertisement for Bids is issued by the City of Ashland, WI

END OF DOCUMENT

http://www.coawi.org/



INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002113 - 1

SECTION 002113.1- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.1 DEFINED TERMS

A. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below:

B. Issuing Office – The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered.

C. Except where stated otherwise, references in this section are to Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract and Supplementary Condition by EJCDC – included in this Project Manual as Sections 007213 and 00730.

1.2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

A. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the advertisement or invitation to bid may be obtained from the Issuing Office. The deposit will be refunded to each document holder of record who returns a complete set of Bidding Documents in good condition within 30 days after opening of Bids.

B. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.

C. Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license for any other use.

1.3 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS

A. To demonstrate Bidder’s qualifications to perform the Work, within 5 days of Owner’s request, Bidder shall submit written evidence such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments, and such other data as may be called for below.

B. Prospective Bidders must demonstrate the following to the satisfaction of Owner:

1. Proper license under the laws and regulations governing their respective trade(s).

2. Capacity to provide Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, and Insurance in a form acceptable to Owner in amounts adequate to bond the Work based on the scope indicated in the Advertisement for Prequalifications.

3. Applicable experience of firm as described in the Contractor's Qualification Statement, including the following:




a. Experience of Firm: The firm in its current organization shall have successfully completed minimum of five projects of similar type, quality, and scope, including a minimum of two within the last three years. The firm shall have a record of project completion, credit record, record of judgment claims, arbitration proceedings, and suits pending or outstanding acceptable to Owner.

b. Experience of Firm Officers: The firm officers shall have personal record of project completion acceptable to Owner.

c. Experience of Project and Field Management Staff to Be Committed by the Bidder to Carry Out the Work: The assigned project manager and field superintendent must have successfully completed minimum of three projects of similar type, quality, and scope.

d. For purposes of this submittal, reference to "key individuals" as described in the Contractor's Qualification Statement shall be understood to mean the principal in charge, the project manager(s), and the project field superintendent(s) committed by the Prospective Bidder to carry out the Work of this Project. Prospective Bidder by submitting qualifications of key individuals agrees that Owner reserves the right to approve or reject subsequent reassignment of key individuals.

e. For purposes of this submittal, "successful completion" shall be understood to mean completion of project within project schedule and budget. Provide additional information indicating reasons why any referenced project did not meet project schedule or project budget.

f. For purposes of this Qualification, "similar project" shall be understood to include the following project elements: 1) Construction of structural steel and reinforced concrete structures. 2) Fabrication of steel and custom items. 3) General excavation and construction.

4. Adequate financial resources, including ability to secure materials and labor necessary for completion of the Work and other work in hand, within the anticipated contract times, and reflecting the anticipated retainage from progress payments.

5. Work-in-hand capacity, such that the Bidder demonstrates adequate work under contract to continue its business operations at least at their current level, at the same time indicating the capability to carry out Owner's proposed work.

6. Adequate organization to complete work of the scope anticipated, including firm management, project management, field superintendence, and field engineering and quality control.

7. Acceptable past performance as indicated by firm's references, including ability to meet contract time and to monitor, manage, and communicate interim scheduling requirements, to carry out required quality-control activities, to properly prepare interim and final payment requests, and to successfully complete project closeout requirements.

8. Acceptable documentation of firm's ability to comply with Owner's Minority-owned business enterprise/woman-owned business enterprise (MBE/WBE) requirements. Prospective Bidders shall contact Owner to obtain copies of requirements.

9. Acceptable documentation of firm's employee screening practices as indicating by affidavit describing background check procedures for firm's employees and requirements for same incorporated in firm's subcontracts.




C. Consideration of qualifications may be withheld if the Qualification Statement shows any unexplained erasures, omissions, alterations of form, additions not called for, added restrictions or qualifying conditions, or other irregularities of any kind.

D. Owner may make such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the ability of the Prospective Bidder to perform the Work, and the Prospective Bidder shall furnish to Owner all such information for this purpose as Owner may request. Owner reserves the right to withhold qualification if the evidence submitted by or investigation of such Prospective Bidder fails to satisfy Owner that such Prospective Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the proposed Project. The determination of which bidders are prequalified is not protestable, except as allowed by law.

E. Prequalification Submittal and data contained therein is considered privileged and confidential and will not be disclosed to any outside party except as required by law.

F. Bidder is advised to carefully review those portions of the Bid Form requiring Bidder’s representations and certifications.

1.4 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE

A. Subsurface and Physical Conditions

1. The Supplementary Conditions identify:

a. Those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site.

b. Those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities).

2. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Document 003119 and Paragraph 4.01.A of the General Conditions will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the “technical data” contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any “technical data” or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings.

B. Underground Facilities

C. Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or others.

D. Hazardous Environmental Condition

1. The Supplementary Conditions identify any reports and drawings known to Owner relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site.




2. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Paragraph 4.03.A will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the “technical data” contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any “technical data” or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings.

E. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions, and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work, appear in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions.

F. On request, Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relative to excavation and utility locates.

1. Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents. On request, Owner will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of contract documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for such other work.

2. Paragraph 6.13.C of the General Conditions indicates that if an Owner safety program exists, it will be noted in the Supplementary Conditions.

G. It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to:

1. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents;

2. visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work;

3. become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work;




4. carefully study all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that have been identified in Paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data," and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data";

5. consider the information known to Bidder; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents; and (3) Bidder’s safety precautions and programs;

6. agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents;

7. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents;

8. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder; and

9. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work.

H. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by Engineer are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work.




1.5 PRE-BID CONFERENCE

A. A pre-Bid conference will be held on Monday, July 9, 2018 at 2:00 pm. at the Oredock, 715 Water Street, Ashland, WI. Representatives of Owner and Engineer will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective.

1.6 SITE AND OTHER AREAS

A. The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor.

1.7 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA

A. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.

B. Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer.

1.8 BID SECURITY

A. A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of 5 percent of Bidder’s maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified check, bank money order, or a Bid bond (on the form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions.

B. The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may consider Bidder to be in default, annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be Owner’s exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid security of other Bidders whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of seven days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or 60 days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned.

C. Bid security of other Bidders whom Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening.




1.9 CONTRACT TIMES

A. The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved and the Work is to be substantially completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement.

1.10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

A. Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement.

1.11 SUBSTITUTE AND “OR-EQUAL” ITEMS

A. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or “or-equal” items. Whenever it is specified or described in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or “or-equal” item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement.

1.12 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS

A. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five days after Bid opening, submit to Owner a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity if requested by Owner. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute, without an increase in the Bid.

B. If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions.

C. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom Contractor has reasonable objection.

1.13 PREPARATION OF BID

A. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies of the bid form will be provided to the Bidder upon request.




B. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item, alternative, adjustment unit price item, and unit price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives the words “No Bid,” “No Change,” or “Not Applicable” may be entered.

C. A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown.

D. A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown.

E. A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown.

F. A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder’s name and official address.

G. A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown.

H. All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures.

I. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form.

J. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown.

K. The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located, or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid. Bidder’s state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid Form.

1.14 BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS

A. Unit Price

1. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid schedule.

2. The total of all estimated prices will be the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the corresponding unit price. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions.

3. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.




1.15 SUBMITTAL OF BID

A. A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation “BID ENCLOSED: ASHLAND ORE DOCK PHASE I IMPROVEMENTS. A mailed Bid shall be addressed to City of Ashland 601 Main Street West, Ashland, WI 54806.

1.16 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID

A. A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids.

B. If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work.

1.17 OPENING OF BIDS

A. Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids.

1.18 BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE

A. All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period.

1.19 EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT

A. Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Owner further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be responsible. Owner may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. Owner also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder.




B. More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest.

C. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.

D. In evaluating Bidders, Owner will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.

E. If the Contract is to be awarded, Owner will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is in the best interests of the Project.

1.20 CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE

A. Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth Owner’s requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it shall be accompanied by such bonds.

1.21 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT

A. When Owner issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement along with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within 15 days thereafter, Successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner. Within ten days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Successful Bidder with a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification.

B. Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

END OF SECTION 002113.1



PREBID MEETINGS 002513 - 1

DOCUMENT 002513 - PREBID MEETINGS

1.1 PREBID MEETING

A. Engineer will conduct a Prebid meeting as indicated below:

1. Meeting Date: July 9, 2018 2. Meeting Time: 2:00 pm., local time. 3. Location: Oredock, 715 Water Street, Ashalnd, WI.

B. Attendance:

1. Prime Bidders: Attendance at Prebid meeting is recommended. 2. Subcontractors: Attendance at Prebid meeting is recommended.

C. Bidder Questions: Submit written questions to be addressed at Prebid meeting minimum of two business days prior to meeting.

D. Agenda: Prebid meeting agenda will include review of topics that may affect proper preparation and submittal of bids, including the following:

1. Procurement and Contracting Requirements:

a. Advertisement for Bids. b. Instructions to Bidders. c. Bidder Qualifications. d. Bonding. e. Insurance. f. Bid Security. g. Bid Form and Attachments. h. Bid Submittal Requirements. i. Bid Submittal Checklist. j. Notice of Award.

2. Communication during Bidding Period:

a. Obtaining documents. b. Access to Project Web site. c. Bidder's Requests for Information. d. Bidder's Substitution Request/Prior Approval Request. e. Addenda.

3. Contracting Requirements:

a. Agreement. b. The General Conditions. c. The Supplementary Conditions. d. Other Owner requirements.

4. Construction Documents:

a. Scopes of Work. b. Temporary Facilities.



PREBID MEETINGS 002513 - 2

c. Use of Site. d. Work Restrictions. e. Alternates, Allowances, and Unit Prices. f. Substitutions following award.

5. Separate Contracts:

a. Work by Owner. b. Work of Other Contracts.

6. Schedule:

a. Project Schedule. b. Contract Time. c. Liquidated Damages. d. Other Bidder Questions.

7. Site/facility visit or walkthrough. 8. Post-Meeting Addendum.

E. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes to attendees and others known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Procurement and Contracting Documents. Minutes of meeting are issued as Available Information and do not constitute a modification to the Procurement and Contracting Documents. Modifications to the Procurement and Contracting Documents are issued by written Addendum only.

1. Sign-in Sheet: Minutes will include list of meeting attendees. 2. List of Planholders: Minutes will include list of planholders.

END OF DOCUMENT



EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION 003119 - 1

DOCUMENT 003119 - EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION

1.1 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION

A. This Document with its referenced attachments is part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of the Bidders' own investigations. They are made available for Bidders' convenience and information but are not a warranty of existing conditions. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents.

B. Scans of the original Oredock construction drawings, which include information on existing conditions, are available for viewing at the City of Ashland, 601 Main Street, Ashland, WI 54806, and at www.coawi.org.

C. Survey information, which includes information on existing conditions, prepared by Pine Ridge Land Surveying, LLC, dated 04/19/2018 (Dock Survey) and 05/08/2018 (Upland Survey), is available for viewing as part of Drawings.

D. Related Requirements:

1. Document 002113 "Instructions to Bidders" for the Bidder's responsibilities for examination of Project site and existing conditions.

END OF DOCUMENT

http://www.coawi.org/



PERMIT APPLICATION 003143 - 1

DOCUMENT 003143 - PERMIT APPLICATION

1.1 PERMIT APPLICATION INFORMATION

A. This Document with its referenced attachments is part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of the Bidders' own investigations. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents.

B. Permit Application: No known permits are required. Any required permits for the Project will be applied for and obtained by Owner. A copy of any permits obtained by the owner will be provided to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be familiar with all permit requirements prior to submitting bids, responsible for compliance with all construction-related permit conditions, and responsible for any fines related to noncompliance with construction-related permit conditions. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for project delays resulting from Contractor's failure to comply with permit conditions.

END OF DOCUMENT



BID FORM 004113 - 1

DOCUMENT 004113 - BID FORM

1.1 BID INFORMATION

A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________.

B. Project Name: Ashland Ore Dock Phase 1 Improvements.

C. Project Location: Ashland, WI

D. Owner: City of Ashland, WI

E. Owner Project Number: 141004001

F. Engineer: SmithGroupJJR

G. Engineer Project Number: 21094.001

1.2 BIDDER’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner.

1.3 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS

A. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that:

1. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged:

Addendum No. Addendum Date

2. Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.

3. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.



BID FORM 004113 - 2

4. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that have been identified in SC-4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data," and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in SC-4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data."

5. Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents; and (3) Bidder’s safety precautions and programs.

6. Based on the information and observations referred to in Paragraph 1.3(A)(5) of the above, Bidder does not consider that further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

7. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents.

8. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder.

9. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted.

1.4 BIDDERS’ CERTIFICATION

A. Bidder certifies that:

1. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation;

2. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid;

3. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and



BID FORM 004113 - 3

4. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 1.4(A)(4):

a. “Corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process;

b. “Fraudulent practice” means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition;

c. “Collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and

d. “Coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract.

1.5 Basis of Bid

A. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the prices indicated on the attached Unit Price Bid Form.

B. Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 11.03.B of the General Conditions.

C. Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids, and final payment for all unit price Bid items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents.

1.6 TIME OF COMPLETION

A. Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed on or before October 15, 2018, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions on or before November 15 2018.

B. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages.

1.7 ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID

A. The following documents are submitted with and made a condition of this Bid:

1. Required Bid security;

2. List of Proposed Subcontractors,

3. List of Proposed Suppliers;

4. List of Project References;



BID FORM 004113 - 4

5. Evidence of authority to do business in the state of the Project; or a written covenant to obtain such license within the time for acceptance of Bids;

6. Contractor’s License No.: ____________ or Evidence of Bidder’s ability to obtain a State Contractor’s License and a covenant by Bidder to obtain said license within the time for acceptance of Bids;

1.8 DEFINED TERMS

A. The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings stated in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.

1.9 BID SUBMITTAL

A. If Bidder is:

1. An Individual

Name (typed or printed): By: (Individual’s signature) Doing business as:

2. A Partnership

Partnership Name:

By: (Signature of general partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign)

Name (typed or printed):



BID FORM 004113 - 5

3. A Corporation

Corporation Name: (SEAL) State of Incorporation: Type (General Business, Professional, Service, Limited Liability):_______ By: (Signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed): Title: (CORPORATE SEAL)

Attest Date of Qualification to do business in Wisconsin is ___/____/____.



BID FORM 004113 - 6

PART 2 -

1. A Joint Venture

Name of Joint Venture: First Joint Venturer Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature of first joint venture partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name (typed or printed):

Title: Second Joint Venturer Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature of second joint venture partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign)

Name (typed or printed):

Title:

(Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above.) Bidder's Business Address Phone No. ___________________________________ Fax No. E-mail ______________________________ _______ SUBMITTED on , 20____. State Contractor License No. . [If applicable]

END OF DOCUMENT

Ashland Oredock Phase I ImprovementsSmithGroupJJR | 21094.001

Issued for BidJuly 2, 2018

BID ITEM UNIT BID QTYUNIT PRICE

BIDBID PRICE

GENERAL

MOBILIZATION LS 1

FIELD OFFICE LS 1

TESTING LS 1

CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND SURVEYing LS 1

MAINTAINING TRAFFIC LS 1

SITE PREPARATION / EARTHWORK / EROSION CONTROL

CONSTRUCTION ACCESS LS 1

SELECTIVE CONCRETE REMOVAL LS 1

MISCELLANEOUS REMOVALS LS 1

GRAVEL FILL REMOVAL CY 355

TOPSOIL FURNISHED AND PLACED CY 122

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

CONCRETE SEATWALL WITH INTEGRAL STAIR CY 20

CONCRETE WALKWAY CY 15

CHUTE FOUNDATION CY 12

LIGHT MAST FOUNDATION CY 38

FOUNDATION WALL AT PRECAST PLINTHS CY 21

CONCRETE PEDESTAL FOR BRIDGE 1 SUPPORTS EA 2

PRECAST CONCRETE

"TURFSTONE" PAVER EDGE AT PLANTER EA 100

ECOLOGY BLOCK WALK FOUNDATION / ECOLOGY BLOCK PLANTER EDGE

LF 114

JERSEY BARRIER PLANTER EDGE LF 56

PRECAST CONCRETE PLINTHS CY 12

RAILINGS

HANDRAIL AT STAIR LF 6

HANDRAIL AT WALK LF 45

GUARDRAIL TYPE 1 LF 52

GUARDRAIL TYPE 2 LF 105

TIMBER PLINTHS AND BENCHES

TIMBER EDGE AT PRECAST PLINTH EA 2

TIMBER PLINTH AT PRECAST PLINTH EA 1

TIMBER PLINTH AT LIGHT MAST FOUNDATION EA 6

BRIDGE 1

BRIDGE FRAMING LS 1

BAR GRATING SF 480

BID FORM

ASHLAND OREDOCK PHASE 1 IMPROVEMENTS

BID FORM 1 of 2

Ashland Oredock Phase I ImprovementsSmithGroupJJR | 21094.001

Issued for BidJuly 2, 2018

BID ITEM UNIT BID QTYUNIT PRICE

BIDBID PRICE

BID FORM

ASHLAND OREDOCK PHASE 1 IMPROVEMENTS

MISCELLANEOUS

SAFTEY LADDER EA 6

TOTAL BASE BID: (WORDS)

TOTAL BASE BID: (NUMBERS)$ -

BID FORM 2 of 2



BID SECURITY FORMS 004313 - 1

DOCUMENT 004313 - BID SECURITY FORMS

1.1 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT

A. A completed bid bond form is required to be attached to the Bid Form.

1.2 BID BOND FORM

A. EJCDC Document C-430, "Bid Bond: Penal Sum Form," is the recommended form for a bid bond. A bid bond acceptable to Owner, or other bid security as described in the Instructions to Bidders, is required to be attached to the Bid Form as a supplement.




BID BOND

Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.

BIDDER (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): BID Bid Due Date: Description (Project Name and Include Location): BOND Bond Number: Date (Not earlier than Bid due date): Penal sum $ (Words) (Figures) Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER SURETY (Seal) (Seal) Bidder¢s Name and Corporate Seal Surety¢s Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature (Attach Power of Attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature




Title Title Note: Above addresses are to be used for giving any required notice. Provide execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary.

1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors,

administrators, successors, and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder any difference between the total amount of Bidder¢s Bid and the total amount of the Bid of the next lowest, responsible Bidder who submitted a responsive Bid as determined by Owner for the work required by the Contract Documents, provided that:

2. If there is no such next Bidder, and Owner does not abandon the Project, then Bidder and Surety shall pay to Owner the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond, and

3. In no event shall Bidder¢s and Surety¢s obligation hereunder exceed the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond.

4. Recovery under the terms of this Bond shall be Owner¢s sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder.

5. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents.

6. This obligation shall be null and void if: 7. Owner accepts Bidder¢s Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the

Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or

8. All Bids are rejected by Owner, or 9. Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the

Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof).

10. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due.

11. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from Bid due date without Surety¢s written consent.

12. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after Bid due date.

13. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located.

14. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned.




15. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby.

16. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect.

17. The term "Bid" as used herein includes a Bid, offer, or proposal as applicable.

END OF DOCUMENT

SmithGroupJJR | 21094.001 Issued for Bid Ashland Ore Dock - Phase I Improvements July 2, 2018

PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM 004373 - 1

DOCUMENT 004373 - PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM

1.1 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT

A. A completed Proposed Schedule of Values form is required to be attached to the Bid Form.

1.2 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM A. Proposed Schedule of Values Form: Provide a breakdown of the bid amount, including alternates, in

enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of bid. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal material and subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.

B. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of EJCDC Document C-620. 1. Copies of EJCDC standard forms may be obtained from The Engineers Joint Contract Documents

Committee; www.nspe.org/resources/shop-nspe/ejcdc-contract-documents; (703) 684-2800.

END OF DOCUMENT



FORMS 006000 - 1

DOCUMENT 006000 - FORMS

1.1 FORM OF AGREEMENT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. The following form of Owner/Contractor Agreement and form of the General Conditions shall be used for Project:

1. EJCDC Document C-520, "Suggested Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract: Stipulated Price."

2. The General Conditions are included in the Project Manual. 3. The Supplementary Conditions for Project are separately prepared and included

in the Project Manual.

1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS

A. Administrative Forms: Additional administrative forms are specified in Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Copies of EJCDC standard forms may be obtained from The Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee: www.nspe.org/resources/shop-nspe/ejcdc-contract-documents; (703) 684-2800.

C. Preconstruction Forms:

1. Form of Performance Bond: EJCDC Document C-610, "Performance Bond." 2. Form of Labor and Material Bond: EJCDC Document C-615-A, "Payment

Bond."

D. Information and Modification Forms:

1. Change Order Form: EJCDC Document C-941, "Change Order." 2. Field Order Form: EJCDC Document C-942, "Field Order." 3. Form of Change Directive: EJCDC Document C-940, "Work Change Directive."

E. Payment Forms:

1. Payment Application: EJCDC Document C-620, "Contractor's Application for Payment."

END OF DOCUMENT



AGREEMENT 006001 - 1

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is by and between (“Owner”) and

(“Contractor”).

Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 – THE PROJECT

1.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows:

The Project includes Phase I of a multiphase project to construct seating plinths and a steel overlook structure, as well as associated walls, walks, stairs, foundations, and guardrails. The Phase 1 Project also includes the fabrication and installation of safety ladders and the construction of foundation plinths for salvaged, historic light masts.

ARTICLE 2 – CONTRACT TIMES

2.01 Time of the Essence

A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.

2.02 Dates for Substantial Completion and Final Payment

A. The Work will be substantially completed on or before October 15, 2018, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions on or before November 15 2018.

2.03 Liquidated Damages

A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01 above and that Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty). Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 above for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment.

2.04 Non-discrimination

During the term of this Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees to the nondiscrimination policy as follows:




1. CONTRACTOR shall not discriminate against any employee, applicant for employment, Independent Contractor, or any other person because of race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, sex or handicap. CONTRACTOR shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees or agents are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, sex, or handicap. Such affirmative action shall include, but is not limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training. CONTRACTOR shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees, agents, applicants for employment and other persons, a notice to be provided by the contracting agency setting forth the provision of this nondiscrimination clause.

2. CONTRACTOR shall, in advertisements or requests for employment placed by it or on its behalf,

state all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religious creed, ancestry, national origin, age, sex, or handicap.

3. CONTRACTOR shall send each labor union or workers’ representative with which it has a

collective bargaining agreement or other Contract or Understanding, a notice advising said labor union or workers’ representative of its commitment to this nondiscrimination clause. Similar notice shall be sent to every other source of recruitment regularly utilized by CONTRACTOR.

4. It shall be no defense to a finding of noncompliance with this nondiscrimination clause that

CONTRACTOR had designated some of its employment practices to any union, training program, or other source of recruitment which prevents it from meeting its obligations. However, if the evidence indicates that the CONTRACTOR was not on notice of the third-party discrimination or made a good faith effort to correct it, such factor shall be considered in mitigation in determining appropriate sanctions.

5. Where the practice of a union or of any training program or other source of recruitment will result

in the exclusion of minority group persons, so that CONTRACTOR will be unable to meet its obligations under this nondiscrimination clause, CONTRACTOR shall then employ and fill vacancies through other nondiscriminatory employment procedures.

6. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination in hiring or

employment opportunities. In the event of CONTRACTOR’S noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clause of this Contract or with any such laws, this Contract may be terminated or suspended, in whole or in part, and CONTRACTOR may be declared temporarily ineligible for further Contracts, and other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked.

7. CONTRACTOR shall actively recruit minority and women Subcontractors or Subcontractors with

substantial minority representation among their employees. 8. CONTRACTOR shall include the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause in every Subcontract

so that such provisions will be binding upon each Subcontractor. 9. The CONTRACTOR shall file and shall cause each of his subcontractors, if any, to file compliance

reports with the City in the form and to the extent as may be prescribed by the City Mayor. Compliance reports filed at such times as directed shall contain information as to the practices, policies, programs, and




employment policies, and employment statistics of the Contractor and each subcontractor.

2.05 Campaign Contributions Policy Compliance

During the term of this contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees to a campaign contributions policy. The CONTRACTOR hereby certifies that all applicable parties listed in Division (I) or (J) of O.R.C. 3517.13 are in full compliance of O.R.C. Section 3517.13.

ARTICLE 5 – CONTRACT PRICE

5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to Paragraphs 5.01.A, 5.01.B, and 5.01.C below:

A. For all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the actual quantity of that item (Attachment 1).

The Bid prices for Unit Price Work set forth as of the Effective Date of the Agreement are based on estimated quantities. As provided in Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Engineer as provided in Paragraph 9.07 of the General Conditions.

B. For all Work, at the prices stated in Contractor’s Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit.

ARTICLE 6 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES

6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments

A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions.

6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage

A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor’s Applications for Payment based on a schedule mutually agreed upon during the preconstruction conference during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6.02.A.1 below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements.

1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer may determine or Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions.




a. Ninety-five (95%) percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If the Work has been 50 percent completed as determined by Engineer, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, then as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, there will be no additional retainage; and

b. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 100 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts as Engineer shall determine in accordance with Paragraph 14.02.B.5 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of Engineer’s estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion.

6.03 Final Payment

A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 14.07.

ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS

7.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Agreement, Contractor makes the following representations:

A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents.

B. Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.

C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.

D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, that have been identified in Paragraph SC-4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data," and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in Paragraph SC-4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data."

E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract Documents; and (3) Contractor’s safety precautions and programs.




F. Based on the information and observations referred to in Paragraph 8.01.E above, Contractor does not consider that further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.

G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents.

H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor.

I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.

ARTICLE 8 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

8.01 Contents

A. The Contract Documents consist of the following:

1. This Agreement (pages 1 to __, inclusive).

2. Performance bond (pages to , inclusive).

3. Payment bond (pages to , inclusive).

4. Other bonds (pages to , inclusive).

a. (pages to , inclusive).

b. (pages to , inclusive).

c. (pages to , inclusive).

5. General Conditions (pages to , inclusive).

6. Supplementary Conditions (pages to , inclusive).

7. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual.

8. Drawings consisting of sheets with each sheet bearing the following general title: [or] the Drawings listed on attached sheet index.

9. Addenda (numbers to , inclusive).

10. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows):

a. Contractor’s Bid (pages to , inclusive).




b. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award (pages to , inclusive).

c. [List other required attachments (if any), such as documents required by funding or lending agencies].

11. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto:

a. Notice to Proceed (pages to , inclusive).

b. Work Change Directives.

c. Change Orders.

B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above).

C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9.

D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 9 – MISCELLANEOUS

9.01 Terms

A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions.

9.02 Assignment of Contract

A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents.

9.03 Successors and Assigns

A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.

9.04 Severability

A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding




upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision.

9.05 Contractor’s Certifications

A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05:

1. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution;

2. “fraudulent practice” means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition;

3. “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and

4. “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. Counterparts have been delivered to Owner and Contractor. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or have been identified by Owner and Contractor or on their behalf.

This Agreement will be effective on (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement).

OWNER: CONTRACTOR

By: By:

Title: Title:

(If Contractor is a corporation, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.)

Attest: Attest:

Title: Title:

Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices:

License No.:

(If Owner is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign. If Owner is a public body, attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of this Agreement.)

(Where applicable)

Agent for service of process:



GENERAL CONDITIONS 007213 - i

SECTION 007213 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ......................................................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................................ 1 1.02 Terminology ............................................................................................................................................... 4

Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ........................................................................................................................................ 6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance .......................................................................................... 6 2.02 Copies of Documents ................................................................................................................................. 6 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............................................................................ 6 2.04 Starting the Work ....................................................................................................................................... 6 2.05 Before Starting Construction...................................................................................................................... 6 2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ............................................... 7 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ................................................................................................................. 7

Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse............................................................................................ 7 3.01 Intent ........................................................................................................................................................... 7 3.02 Reference Standards ................................................................................................................................... 7 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .................................................................................................... 8 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ................................................................................ 9 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................................... 9 3.06 Electronic Data ........................................................................................................................................... 9

Article 4 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points ............................................................................................................................................ 10

4.01 Availability of Lands ................................................................................................................................ 10 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ........................................................................................................ 10 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions .......................................................................................... 11 4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................................................................................................. 12 4.05 Reference Points ....................................................................................................................................... 13 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ........................................................................................... 13

Article 5 – Bonds and Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 14 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ................................................................................................ 14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................................................................................................................. 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ........................................................................................................................... 15 5.04 Contractor’s Insurance ............................................................................................................................. 15 5.05 Owner’s Liability Insurance ..................................................................................................................... 17 5.06 Property Insurance .................................................................................................................................... 17 5.07 Waiver of Rights ....................................................................................................................................... 18



GENERAL CONDITIONS 007213 - ii

5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ...................................................................................... 19 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ........................................................................ 19 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ....................................................................... 20

Article 6 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................................................... 20 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ............................................................................................................ 20 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ............................................................................................................................. 20 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ......................................................................................................... 20 6.04 Progress Schedule ..................................................................................................................................... 21 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” .................................................................................................................... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ................................................................................. 23 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ......................................................................................................................... 24 6.08 Permits ...................................................................................................................................................... 25 6.09 Laws and Regulations .............................................................................................................................. 25 6.10 Taxes ......................................................................................................................................................... 26 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ..................................................................................................................... 26 6.12 Record Documents ................................................................................................................................... 26 6.13 Safety and Protection ................................................................................................................................ 27 6.14 Safety Representative ............................................................................................................................... 28 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ........................................................................................................... 28 6.16 Emergencies .............................................................................................................................................. 28 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples .................................................................................................................... 28 6.18 Continuing the Work ................................................................................................................................ 30 6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ....................................................................................... 30 6.20 Indemnification ......................................................................................................................................... 30 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............................................................................................ 31

Article 7 – Other Work at the Site .................................................................................................................................. 32 7.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................................. 32 7.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................................. 32 7.03 Legal Relationships .................................................................................................................................. 33

Article 8 – Owner’s Responsibilities .............................................................................................................................. 33 8.01 Communications to Contractor ................................................................................................................ 33 8.02 Replacement of Engineer ......................................................................................................................... 33 8.03 Furnish Data ............................................................................................................................................. 33 8.04 Pay When Due .......................................................................................................................................... 33 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ................................................................................................ 33 8.06 Insurance ................................................................................................................................................... 33 8.07 Change Orders .......................................................................................................................................... 34 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................................ 34 8.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities ................................................................................................. 34 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ................................................................................. 34 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ....................................................................................................... 34 8.12 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................................ 34

Article 9 – Engineer’s Status During Construction ........................................................................................................ 34 9.01 Owner’s Representative ........................................................................................................................... 34 9.02 Visits to Site .............................................................................................................................................. 34



GENERAL CONDITIONS 007213 - iii

9.03 Project Representative .............................................................................................................................. 35 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work ................................................................................................................ 35 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work ........................................................................................................................ 35 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ....................................................................................... 35 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work ........................................................................................................ 36 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work .................................. 36 9.09 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities ..................................................................... 36 9.10 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................................ 37

Article 10 – Changes in the Work; Claims ..................................................................................................................... 37 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................................. 37 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ......................................................................................................... 37 10.03 Execution of Change Orders .................................................................................................................... 37 10.04 Notification to Surety ............................................................................................................................... 38 10.05 Claims ....................................................................................................................................................... 38

Article 11 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...................................................................................... 39 11.01 Cost of the Work ...................................................................................................................................... 39 11.02 Allowances ............................................................................................................................................... 41 11.03 Unit Price Work ........................................................................................................................................ 41

Article 12 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Times .............................................................................. 42 12.01 Change of Contract Price ......................................................................................................................... 42 12.02 Change of Contract Times........................................................................................................................ 43 12.03 Delays ....................................................................................................................................................... 43

Article 13 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ..................................... 44 13.01 Notice of Defects ...................................................................................................................................... 44 13.02 Access to Work ......................................................................................................................................... 44 13.03 Tests and Inspections ................................................................................................................................ 44 13.04 Uncovering Work ..................................................................................................................................... 45 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work ...................................................................................................................... 45 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.............................................................................................. 46 13.07 Correction Period...................................................................................................................................... 46 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ................................................................................................................ 47 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work ....................................................................................................... 47

Article 14 – Payments to Contractor and Completion ................................................................................................... 48 14.01 Schedule of Values ................................................................................................................................... 48 14.02 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................................... 48 14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................................. 50 14.04 Substantial Completion ............................................................................................................................ 50 14.05 Partial Utilization ...................................................................................................................................... 51 14.06 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................................ 52 14.07 Final Payment ........................................................................................................................................... 52 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ....................................................................................................................... 53 14.09 Waiver of Claims ...................................................................................................................................... 53



GENERAL CONDITIONS 007213 - iv

Article 15 – Suspension of Work and Termination ....................................................................................................... 53 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ...................................................................................................................... 53 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ............................................................................................................ 53 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................................ 54 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ................................................................................................ 55

Article 16 – Dispute Resolution ..................................................................................................................................... 55 16.01 Methods and Procedures .......................................................................................................................... 55

Article 17 – Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................................................. 56 17.01 Giving Notice............................................................................................................................................ 56 17.02 Computation of Times .............................................................................................................................. 56 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ............................................................................................................................... 56 17.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................................ 56 17.05 Controlling Law ........................................................................................................................................ 56 17.06 Headings ................................................................................................................................................... 57



GENERAL CONDITIONS 007213 - 1

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY

1.01 Defined Terms

A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms.

1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents.

2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work.

3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.

4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

5. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed.

6. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner.

7. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda).

8. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements.

9. Change Order—A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.

10. Claim—A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim.

11. Contract—The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral.

12. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other




Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents.

13. Contract Price—The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).

14. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any; (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment.

15. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement.

16. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 for definition.

17. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined.

18. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.

19. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement.

20. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.

21. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications.

22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto.

23. Hazardous Waste—The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time.

24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction.

25. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property.

26. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.

27. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement.




28. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents.

29. Owner—The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed.

30. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls.

31. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.

32. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times.

33. Project—The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part.

34. Project Manual—The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents.

35. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time.

36. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof.

37. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged.

38. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities.

39. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment.

40. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work.

41. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor.




42. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto.

43. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.

44. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.

45. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award.

46. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions.

47. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor.

48. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.

49. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.

50. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.

51. Work Change Directive—A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times.

1.02 Terminology

A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through F are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.




B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives:

1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents.

C. Day:

1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.

D. Defective:

1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:

a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or

b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or

c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05).

E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:

1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition.

2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.

3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.

4. When “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide” is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, “provide” is implied.




F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning.

ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS

2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance

A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish.

B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5.

2.02 Copies of Documents

A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.

2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed

A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier.

2.04 Starting the Work

A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run.

2.05 Before Starting Construction

A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review:

1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;

2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and

3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.




2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives

A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records.

B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit instructions, receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party.

2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules

A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer.

1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor.

2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals.

3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work.

ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE

3.01 Intent

A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all.

B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner.

C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9.

3.02 Reference Standards

A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations




1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.

2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.

3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies

A. Reporting Discrepancies:

1. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby.

2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04.

3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof.

B. Resolving Discrepancies:

1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and:

a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or

b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation).




3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents

A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive.

B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways:

1. A Field Order;

2. Engineer’s approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or

3. Engineer’s written interpretation or clarification.

3.05 Reuse of Documents

A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not:

1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions; or

2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer.

B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes.

3.06 Electronic Data

A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern.

B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party.

C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data’s creator.




ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS

4.01 Availability of Lands

A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner’s furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.

C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.

4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions

A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:

1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and

2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities).

B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:

1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or

2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or

3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.




4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions

A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either:

1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or

2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or

3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or

4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents;

then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.

B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer’s findings and conclusions.

C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments:

1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following:

a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and

b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03.

2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if:

a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or

b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor’s making such final commitment; or

c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A.




3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, neither Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.

4.04 Underground Facilities

A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:

1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and

2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for:

a. reviewing and checking all such information and data;

b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents;

c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction; and

d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.

B. Not Shown or Indicated:

1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility.

2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any




such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

4.05 Reference Points

A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel.

4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site

A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site.

B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:

1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or

2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or

3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information.

C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible.

D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 4.06.E.




E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 7.

G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence.

H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence.

I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.

ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE

5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds

A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents.




B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond.

C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02.

5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers

A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.

5.03 Certificates of Insurance

A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain.

B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain.

C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of Contractor's full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance.

D. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor.

E. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents.

5.04 Contractor’s Insurance

A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:




1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts;

2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees;

3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees;

4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained:

a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or

b. by any other person for any other reason;

5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and

6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.

B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall:

1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, be written on an occurrence basis, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby;

2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater;

3. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor’s indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20;

4. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide);

5. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and




6. include completed operations coverage:

a. Such insurance shall remain in effect for two years after final payment.

b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter.

5.05 Owner’s Liability Insurance

A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain at Owner’s expense Owner’s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.

5.06 Property Insurance

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall:

1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee;

2. be written on a Builder’s Risk “all-risk” policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage (other than that caused by flood), and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions.

3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects);

4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer;

5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner;

6. include testing and startup; and

7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued.




B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such equipment breakdown insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee.

C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07.

D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser’s own expense.

E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner.

5.07 Waiver of Rights

A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or loss payees thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued.

B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for:




1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and

2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07.

C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them.

5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds

A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the loss payees, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order.

B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner’s exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties.

5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace

A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly.




5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer

A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy.

ARTICLE 6 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

6.01 Supervision and Superintendence

A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents.

B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances.

6.02 Labor; Working Hours

A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site.

B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer.

6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment

A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work.

B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment.




C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.

6.04 Progress Schedule

A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.

1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto.

2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order.

6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals”

A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below.

1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:

a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that:

1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics;

2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and

3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service.

b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:

1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and

2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents.




2. Substitute Items:

a. If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item.

b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor.

c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented by the General Requirements, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances.

d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application:

1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:

a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design,

b) be similar in substance to that specified, and

c) be suited to the same use as that specified;

2) will state:

a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor’s achievement of Substantial Completion on time,

b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and

c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty;

3) will identify:

a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and

b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and

4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.




B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.

C. Engineer’s Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an approved Shop Drawing for an “or equal.” Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination.

D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute.

E. Engineer’s Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute.

F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or “or-equal” at Contractor’s expense.

6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others

A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection.

B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner’s acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work.




C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents:

1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor

2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.

D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.

E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor.

F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.

G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as a loss payee on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same.

6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties

A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and




subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights.

C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.

6.08 Permits

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work.

6.09 Laws and Regulations

A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations.

B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03.

C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.




6.10 Taxes

A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work.

6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas

A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:

1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work.

2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law.

3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor’s performance of the Work.

B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.

C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.

D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.

6.12 Record Documents

A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be




available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner.

6.13 Safety and Protection

A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;

2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and

3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.

B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.

C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner’s safety programs that are applicable to the Work.

D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site.

E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them).

F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).




6.14 Safety Representative

A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs.

6.15 Hazard Communication Programs

A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations.

6.16 Emergencies

A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued.

6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples

A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require.

1. Shop Drawings:

a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements.

b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D.

2. Samples:

a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications.

b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D.

B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.




C. Submittal Procedures:

1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have:

a. reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents;

b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto;

c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and

d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review and approval of that submittal.

3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.

D. Engineer’s Review:

1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.

2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.

3. Engineer’s review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer’s review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1.

E. Resubmittal Procedures:




1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals.

6.18 Continuing the Work

A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.

6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee

A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.

B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:

1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or

2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.

C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:

1. observations by Engineer;

2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment;

3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner;

4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner;

5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer;

6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or

7. any correction of defective Work by Owner.

6.20 Indemnification

A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and




subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable .

B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.

C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of:

1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or

2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage.

6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services

A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law.

B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to Engineer.

C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.




D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1.

E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 7 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE

7.01 Related Work at Site

A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner’s employees, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then:

1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and

2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors.

C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work.

7.02 Coordination

A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:

1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified;

2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and




3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided.

B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination.

7.03 Legal Relationships

A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner.

B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor’s wrongful actions or inactions.

C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor under direct contract to Owner for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor’s wrongful action or inactions.

ARTICLE 8 – OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

8.01 Communications to Contractor

A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer.

8.02 Replacement of Engineer

A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer.

8.03 Furnish Data

A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents.

8.04 Pay When Due

A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C.

8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests

A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site.

8.06 Insurance

A. Owner’s responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5.




8.07 Change Orders

A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03.

8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals

A. Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B.

8.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities

A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition

A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06.

8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements

A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents.

8.12 Compliance with Safety Program

A. While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D.

ARTICLE 9 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

9.01 Owner’s Representative

A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents.

9.02 Visits to Site

A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of




such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work.

B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.

9.03 Project Representative

A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.

9.04 Authorized Variations in Work

A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

9.05 Rejecting Defective Work

A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.

9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments

A. In connection with Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17.

B. In connection with Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21.

C. In connection with Engineer’s authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.

D. In connection with Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14.




9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work

A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work

A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question.

B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believes that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer’s decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B.

C. Engineer’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity.

9.09 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities

A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.

B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work.

D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to




determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents.

E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any.

9.10 Compliance with Safety Program

A. While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Engineer has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D.

ARTICLE 10 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS

10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work

A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided).

B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work

A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.D.

10.03 Execution of Change Orders

A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering:

1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;

2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and

3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal,




Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A.

10.04 Notification to Surety

A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change.

10.05 Claims

A. Engineer’s Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims.

B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Times shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant’s written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant’s last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time).

C. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing:

1. deny the Claim in whole or in part;

2. approve the Claim; or

3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.

D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied.

E. Engineer’s written action under Paragraph 10.05.C or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial.

F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05.




ARTICLE 11 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK

11.01 Cost of the Work

A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B, and shall include only the following items:

1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner.

2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.

3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01.

4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.

5. Supplemental costs including the following:

a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.

b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor.




c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.

d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations.

e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.

f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee.

g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.

h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.

i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.

B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:

1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee.

2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site.

3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.

4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to,




the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property.

5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A.

C. Contractor’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C.

D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.

11.02 Allowances

A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer.

B. Cash Allowances:

1. Contractor agrees that:

a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and

b. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.

C. Contingency Allowance:

1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs.

D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.

11.03 Unit Price Work

A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement.




B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07.

C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item.

D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if:

1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and

2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and

3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease.

ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES

12.01 Change of Contract Price

A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows:

1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or

2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or

3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C).

C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:

1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or

2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work:




a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor’s fee shall be 15 percent;

b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent;

c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and 12.01.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor;

d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B;

e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and

f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive.

12.02 Change of Contract Times

A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12.

12.03 Delays

A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God.

B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times.

C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be




entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C.

D. Owner, Engineer, and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.

E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor.

ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK

13.01 Notice of Defects

A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.

13.02 Access to Work

A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.

13.03 Tests and Inspections

A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.

B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except:

1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below;

2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 13.04.C; and

3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval.




D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer.

E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation.

F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.

13.04 Uncovering Work

A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s expense.

B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment.

C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

D. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

13.05 Owner May Stop the Work

A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them.




13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work

A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).

B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work.

13.07 Correction Period

A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor’s use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions:

1. repair such defective land or areas; or

2. correct such defective Work; or

3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and

4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.

B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.

C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications.

D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.




E. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.

13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work

A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner.

13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work

A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency.

B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, take possession of Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph.

C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work.

D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09.




ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION

14.01 Schedule of Values

A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.

14.02 Progress Payments

A. Applications for Payments:

1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner.

2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment.

3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement.

B. Review of Applications:

1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.

2. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief:

a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated;

b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and




c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work.

3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:

a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or

b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor.

4. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer:

a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or

b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or

c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or

d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or

e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens.

5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because:

a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement;

b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;

c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or

d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A.




C. Payment Becomes Due:

1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor.

D. Reduction in Payment:

1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because:

a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work;

b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens;

c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or

d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A.

2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action.

3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement.

14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title

A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.

14.04 Substantial Completion

A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.

B. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.

C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written




objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner’s objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner.

D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer’s issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer’s aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment.

E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the tentative list.

14.05 Partial Utilization

A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions:

1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 14.04.A through D for that part of the Work.

2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work.

3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.

4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance.




14.06 Final Inspection

A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.

14.07 Final Payment

A. Application for Payment:

1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments.

2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:

a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.6;

b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment;

c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and

d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work.

3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien.

B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance:

1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to




Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment.

C. Payment Becomes Due:

1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and will be paid by Owner to Contractor.

14.08 Final Completion Delayed

A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims.

14.09 Waiver of Claims

A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:

1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and

2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled.

ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION

15.01 Owner May Suspend Work

A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause

A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause:

1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or




equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04);

2. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;

3. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Engineer; or

4. Contractor’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents.

B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor:

1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion);

2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere; and

3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient.

C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.

D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice.

E. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability.

F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.01.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C.

15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience

A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items):




1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work;

2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses;

3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and

4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.

B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.

15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate

A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03.

B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph.

ARTICLE 16 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION

16.01 Methods and Procedures

A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E.

B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above.




C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer’s action under Paragraph 10.05.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor:

1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or

2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process; or

3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS

17.01 Giving Notice

A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if:

1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or

2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.

17.02 Computation of Times

A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation.

17.03 Cumulative Remedies

A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply.

17.04 Survival of Obligations

A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor.

17.05 Controlling Law

A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located.




17.06 Headings

A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions.



SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 007300 - 1

SECTION 007300 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, EJCDC C-700 (2007 Edition). All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect.

The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.

The address system used in these Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions, with the prefix "SC" added thereto.

SC-1.01 (19) Defined Terms - Engineer

“Architect” and “Landscape Architect”, where used throughout these documents, have the same meaning as “Engineer”.

SC-1.02.C Terminology - Day

The General Conditions shall be superseded entirely by the following items:

1. The word “calendar day” shall constitute a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 2. The word “working day” shall constitute a calendar day as defined in “Section 101. Definitions and Terms,” in the State of Wisconsin, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Highway and Structure Construction, 2009 Edition, as amended.

SC-2.01.A Preliminary Matters - Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance

The General Conditions 2.01.A shall be expanded to include the following items:

The Bonds shall not be dated prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement.

SC-2.01.B Preliminary Matters - Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance

The General Conditions 2.01.B shall be modified as follows:

The statement “Before any Work at the Site is started” shall be replaced with “Before entering into the Agreement,”

SC-2.02.A Preliminary Matters - Copies of Documents

The General Conditions 2.02.A shall be modified as follows:

Up to five copies of the Contract Documents will be furnished without charge.

SC-2.04.A Preliminary Matters - Starting the Work




The General Conditions 2.04.A shall be expanded to include the following items:

Work may be started prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence, upon written approval of the OWNER.

SC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions

A. Refer to Sections 003119 regarding subsurface and physical conditions.

SC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions

Use the following SC-4.06 if there are no known HEC reports or drawings:

SC-4.06 Delete Paragraphs 4.06.A and 4.06.B in their entirety and insert the following:

A. No reports or drawings related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site are known to Owner.

B. Not Used.

SC-5.04 Contractor’s Liability Insurance

Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5.04.B:

7. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations:

a. Worker’s Compensation and related coverages under paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and A.2 of the General

Conditions:

1. State: Statutory 2. Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoreman’s): Statutory 3. Employer’s Liability:

a) Bodily Injury by Accident $500,000 Each Accident b) Bodily Injury by Disease $500,000 Each Employee c) Bodily Injury by Disease $500,000 Policy Limit

b. CONTRACTOR’S General Liability under paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6 of the General

Conditions which shall also include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody, and control of CONTRACTOR.

1. General Aggregate $1,000,000 2. Products- Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 3. Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 4. Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $1,000,000




5. Property Damage liability insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverages where applicable.

6. Excess or Umbrella Liability a) General Aggregate $2,000,000 b) Each Occurrence $2,000,000

c. Automobile Liability under paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions:

1. Combined Single Limit (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) Each Accident $1,000,000

d. The Contractual Liability coverage required by paragraph 5.04.B.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts:

1. Bodily Injury:

Each Accident $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate $1,000,000

2. Property Damage: Each Accident $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate $1,000,000

e. The City of Ashland shall be named as an additional insured, on a primary basis.

f. All insurers must have a minimum of an “A” rating (by AMBest, Co.).

SC 5.06 Property Insurance

Delete paragraph 5.06.A in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

A. The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon commencing the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof. This insurance shall:

1. Include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, subcontractors, ENGINEER,

ENGINEER’s Consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of any of them each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured.

2. Be written on a Builder’s Risk “all-risk” or open peril or special causes of loss policy form

that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolitions occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions;

3. Include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but

not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects);




4. Cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in

writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER;

5. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER;

6. Include testing and start-up; and

7. Be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by

OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued.

B. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

C. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance

with this paragraph SC-5.06 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5.06.C of the General Conditions.

Delete paragraph 5.06.E of the General Conditions.

SC-6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples

Reviews of multiple resubmissions of Shop Drawings and other submittals may increase Project costs. To mitigate this, the following language may be used:

SC-6.17 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 6.17.E:

F. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy in order to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing subsequent submittals of Shop Drawings, samples, or other items requiring approval and Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer’s charges for such time.

G. In the event that Contractor requests a change of a previously approved item, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer’s charges for its review time unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor.

SC 6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee

Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.19.C:

D. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and WORK performed for a period of 1 year from the date of FINAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees for a period of 1 year from the date of FINAL COMPLETION of the system that the completed system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and the




CONTRACTOR shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. The OWNER will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the CONTRACTOR should fail to make such repairs, adjustments, or other WORK that may be made necessary by such defects, the OWNER may do so and charge the CONTRACTOR the cost thereby incurred. The Performance BOND shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period.

The Contractor shall secure a written guarantee that sets forth the requirements of Article 6 of the General Conditions. All warranties and guaranties shall be for a period of 1 year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws and regulations, a specific provision of the Contract Documents, or by the terms of any special guaranty or warranty provided by Subcontractors, Suppliers, manufacturers, or any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. Furthermore, the Contractor herein explicitly agrees to repair any and all portions of the Work which fail during the guarantee period(s) due to faulty materials or workmanship.

Upon completion of the Work and prior to application of the final partial payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and Engineer, a tabbed binder containing all warranties and guaranties for each piece of equipment or item as required to be furnished or incorporated into the Project and for the Work performed. The warranties and guaranties of Subcontractors, Suppliers, manufacturers, or any other person or organization shall be attached to the Contractor’s guaranty.

SC-7.04 Claims Between Contractors

SC-7.04 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph GC-7.03:

SC-7.04 Claims Between Contractors

A. Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any other contractor at the Site, or should any claim arising out of Contractor’s performance of the Work at the Site be made by any other contractor against Contractor, Owner, Engineer, or the construction coordinator, then Contractor (without involving Owner, Engineer, or construction coordinator) shall either (1) remedy the damage, (2) agree to compensate the other contractor for remedy of the damage, or (3) remedy the damage and attempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or at law.

B. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, the construction coordinator and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any other contractor against Owner,




Engineer, consultants, or the construction coordinator to the extent said claim is based on or arises out of Contractor’s performance of the Work. Should another contractor cause damage to the Work or property of Contractor or should the performance of work by any other contractor at the Site give rise to any other Claim, Contractor shall not institute any action, legal or equitable, against Owner, Engineer, or the construction coordinator or permit any action against any of them to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in any court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on or to recover damages from Owner, Engineer, or the construction coordinator on account of any such damage or Claim.

C. If Contractor is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing the Work by any act or neglect of another contractor, and Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in Contract Times attributable thereto, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of times in accordance with Article 12. An extension of the Contract Times shall be Contractor’s exclusive remedy with respect to Owner, Engineer, and construction coordinator for any delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance caused by any other contractor. This paragraph does not prevent recovery from Owner, Engineer, or construction coordinator for activities that are their respective responsibilities.

SC10.05B Claims - Notice

Amend the first sentence of paragraph 10.05.B of the General Conditions to read as follows:

B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to the ENGINEER and other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 3 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto.

SC-11.01 Cost of the Work

SC-11.01. A.5.c Delete Paragraph 11.01.A.5.c in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

c. Construction Equipment and Machinery:

1) Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.




2) Costs for equipment and machinery owned by Contractor will be paid at a rate shown for such equipment in the locally available market. An hourly rate will be computed by dividing the monthly rates by 176. These computed rates will include all operating costs. Costs will include the time the equipment or machinery is in use on the changed Work and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal when directly attributable to the changed Work. The cost of any such equipment or machinery, or parts thereof, shall cease to accrue when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the changed Work. Equipment or machinery with a value of less than $1,000 will be considered small tools.

SC-11.03 Unit Price Work

The following SC is typically called a variation in estimated quantities clause and facilitates administrative resolution of situations where actual quantities differ materially from estimated quantities. Typically, the clause applies where the Bid price of an item of the Unit Price Work is more than 5 percent of the Contract Price and the actual quantity of the units of work performed varies by 15 to 25 percent.

SC-11.03. D Delete Paragraph 11.03.D in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

D. The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions:

1. if the Bid price of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 15 percent or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and

2. if there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and

3. if Contractor believes that Contractor has incurred additional expense as a result thereof or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the unit price, either Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 10 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed.

SC-12.01 Change of Contract Price

SC-12.01.C Contractor's Fee. Delete the semicolon at the end of GC 12.01.C.2.c, and add the following language:

, provided, however, that on any subcontracted work the total maximum fee to

be paid by Owner under this subparagraph shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor who actually performs the work;




SC-13.03 Tests and Inspections

The General Conditions 13.03.A shall be modified as follows:

The statement “CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely” shall be replaced with “CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER five (5) working days”

The General Conditions shall be expanded with the following paragraph immediately following Section 13.03.B.3: 4. for re-tests as a result of the failure of a test required by the Contract Documents.

SC-14.02 Progress Payments Subject to the provisions of the General Conditions Paragraph 14.02.B., progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer may determine or Owner may withhold, in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions.

a. 95 percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage) up until 50 percent of work has been completed. At 50 percent completion, no additional amounts shall be retained unless the Engineer certifies that the project is not proceeding satisfactorily. At that point, additional amounts may be retained.

b. 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage) up until 50 percent of work has been completed. At 50 percent completion, no additional amounts shall be retained unless the Engineer certifies that the project is not proceeding satisfactorily.

SC-Article 16 Dispute Resolution OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions to the Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following paragraphs:

16.02 Mediation

A OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall submit any and all unsettled Claims or counterclaims, disputes, or other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof to mediation in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association effective at the Effective Date of the Agreement, prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraph 16.03, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The 30 day time limit within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.03.B and 16.03C shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within that time limit and shall remain suspended until 10 days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any




dispute submitted to mediation under this agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed.

16.03 Arbitration

A All Claims or counterclaims, disputes, or other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for Claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.09) not resolved under the provisions of paragraph 16.02 will be decided by binding arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association effective at the Effective Date of the Agreement, subject to the limitations of this paragraph 16.03. This agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction.

B No demand for arbitration of any Claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter that is required to referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.09 will be made until the earlier of: (i) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision, or (ii) the 31st day after the parties have presented their final evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such Claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter will be made later than 30 days after the date on which ENGIEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 10.05; and the failure to demand arbitration within said 30 day period will result in ENGINEER’s decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned.

C Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and

with the selected arbitrator, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the 30 day period specified in paragraph 16.03.B, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim or other dispute or matter in question would be barred by the applicable statue of limitations.

D Except as provided in paragraph 16.03.E, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract

Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder, or in any other manner any other individual or entity (including ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this Contract unless:

1 the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; and

2 such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings; and

3 the written consent of the other individual or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific




reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent.

E Notwithstanding paragraph 16.03.D, if a Claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.06.G a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.03.E nor in the provisions of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right, or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against WONER, ENGINEER, or ENGINEER’s Consultants that does not otherwise exist.

F The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal.

SC-Article 17 Miscellaneous Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 17.06.: 17.07 Buy America Clause A. The contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal

funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, and microcomputer equipment and software. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11. Rolling stock must be assembled in the United States and have a 60 percent domestic content.



INDEMNIFICATION AND REFERENCE STANDARDS 007500 - 1

SECTION 007500 - INDEMNIFICATION AND REFERENCE STANDARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITION

A. The Engineer is SmithGroupJJR, Incorporated, Madison, WI.

1.2 INDEMNIFICATION

A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Engineer, Engineer's consultants, and officers, directors, agents and employees of any of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Article on Indemnification.

B. In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Article on Indemnification by an employee of the Contractor, a subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Article on Indemnification shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

C. Except to the extent that the Engineer would otherwise be liable for negligence under this Agreement, the Contractor shall agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and hold the Engineer harmless from any damage, liability or cost, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of defense, arising from, allegedly arising from, or in any way connected with changes made by anyone other than the Engineer or from any use of the Drawings, Specifications or other Instruments of Service in electronic form (except for normal and customary maintenance and repair) on other than the Project that is the subject of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Engineer.

D. Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and maintain sufficient contractual liability insurance to fulfill Contractor's obligations under these indemnification requirements. Such insurance shall be endorsed to include the Engineer, Engineer's consultants, and officers, directors, agents and employees of any of them as additional insured, and it shall provide that the insurance carriers have no right of subrogation against those indemnified hereunder.



INDEMNIFICATION AND REFERENCE STANDARDS 007500 - 2

E. Mold Exclusion: Contractor’s Commercial General Liability insurance shall contain no exclusion that would deny coverage for any claim for either bodily injury or property damage arising out of or otherwise caused, in whole or in part, by any fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens. If such exclusion exists and cannot be removed by endorsement, Contractor shall submit proof of coverage for mold claims under a Pollution Legal Liability of Contractor’s Pollution Liability policy

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. No provision of any reference standard, manual, statute, code or regulation (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Contractor, Engineer, Engineer's consultants, or officers, directors, agents or employees of any of them from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer, Engineer's consultants, or officers, directors, agents or employees of any of them any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, or for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, subcontractors, or any of their agents or employees, or any other persons performing the Work.

END OF SECTION


SUMMARY 011000 - 1

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:

1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Work by Owner. 4. Future work. 5. Access to site. 6. Work restrictions. 7. Specification and Drawing conventions.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures

governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: Ashland Oredock Phase I Improvements. 1. Project Location: Ashland, WI.

B. Owner: City of Ashland, WI. 1. Owner's Representative: SmithGroupJJR, Inc..

C. Engineer: SmithGroupJJR, Inc.. D. Engineer's Consultants: Engineer has retained the following design professionals who have

prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: 1. Structural Engineering: Westbrook Associated Engineers.

E. Web-Based Project Software: Project software administered by Architect will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage. 1. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for

using web-based Project software.

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:

1. Timber and concrete seating plinths and a steel overlook structure, as well as associated walls, walks, stairs, foundations, and guardrails. The Work also includes the fabrication and installation of safety ladders and foundation plinths for salvaged, historic light masts, and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents.

B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.5 WORK BY OWNER A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering

with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner.

B. Concurrent Work: Owner will perform the following construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with Work under this Contract.


SUMMARY 011000 - 2

1. Owner will refurbish and reinstall (6) salvaged, historic Oredock light towers and (1) salvaged, historic Oredock chute. The Work includes construction of footings, footing reinforcement, and anchorages for salvaged objects. Coordinate footing design with Owner.

C. Subsequent Work: Owner will perform the following additional work at site after Substantial Completion. Completion of that work will depend on successful completion of preparatory Work under this Contract. 1. Owner will install plantings at prepared planting areas in Spring 2019.

1.6 FUTURE WORK A. The Contract Documents include requirements that will allow Owner to carry out future work

following completion of this Project; provide for the following future work: 1. The future extension of Bridge 1 as indicated in the Drawings.

1.7 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as

indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb

portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations to areas on the Oredock delinated on the

drawings. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances

serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction

operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of

materials and equipment on-site. 3. Wetlands: Protect wetlands delineated on Drawings.

C. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.

1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 5 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Weekend Hours: Coordinate and verify weekend hours with Owner. 2. Early Morning Hours: Coordinate and verify early morning hours with Owner.

C. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.

D. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative.


SUMMARY 011000 - 3

1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and

the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The

words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in

the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on

Drawings. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing

Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION



MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 011500- 1

SECTION 011500 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

1.1 GENERAL

A. Each Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, appurtenances and all services including O&M manuals, training and start-up services necessary to perform all work required, at the unit prices for the items listed herein and such unit prices shall represent full compensation for such work.

B. The items of 1.4 below refer to and are the same Pay Items listed in the Bid Schedule.

They constitute all the Pay Items in this Contract. No direct or separate payment will be made for compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents except as specifically listed as a pay item in 1.4, below. Compensation for all such services and materials shall be included in the prices stipulated for the lump sum and unit price Pay Items listed herein.

1.2 RELATED CONDITIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Payments to Contractor: Comply with Section 007213 – General Conditions, and 012900 – Payment Procedures.

B. Changes in Contract Price: Comply with Section 007213– General Conditions,and

Section 012600 – Contract Modification Procedures. 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. All bidders shall completely read each individual pay item description, whether or not a bid for that pay item is submitted and become familiar with their responsibility under each pay item.

1.4 PAY ITEM DESCRIPTION

A. General Contract, Lump Sum Bid Items:

1. Mobilization a. Measurement: Lump sum (LS). b. Payment:

i. Payment will include compensation for the cost of fabricating, furnishing, installing, and maintaining Project Identification Signs.

2. Field Office:

a. Measurement: Lump sum (LS). b. Payment:

i. Payment will be made at the lump sum bid and will include mobilizing, removing, furnishing, maintaining, providing services, maintaining the field office, restrooms, and all other associated temporary facilities for the duration of the project.

c. Related sections: i. Section 015000 – Temporary Facilities and Controls




3. Testing: a. Measurement: Lump sum (LS). b. Payment:

i. Payment will be made at the lump sum bid for Contractor’s costs of engaging testing firms acceptable to the Owner and Engineer to complete testing required in Construction Documents. Payment shall include field and laboratory testing, labor, documentation, equipment, and all other associated costs throughout the project duration.

c. Related sections: i. Section 319100 – Soil Preparation

4. Construction Layout and Surveying:


i. Payment will be made at the lump sum bid for Contractor’s costs of engaging a surveying firm acceptable to the Owner and Engineer to complete all surveying and field staking required for construction. Payment shall include establishment of survey controls, staking, and field measurements.

c. Related sections: i. Section 017300 – Execution

5. Maintaining Traffic:


i. Payment shall include compensation for all of Contractor’s costs including, but not limited to erecting, maintaining, and removing signage, flagging, barricades, and labor for maintaining vehicular and pedestrian traffic in public areas in conformance with construction documents and governmental requirements.

c. Related sections: i. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls

B. Site Preparation, Earthwork, and Erosion Control

1. Construction Access: a. Measurement: Lump sum (LS). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be made for the following: a. The lump sum bid shall include Contractor’s costs for

preparing the existing waterfront trail to accommodate construction access from Kreher Park, as well as costs associated with restoring the waterfront trail accessway upon completion of construction.

c. Related sections: i. Section 015000 – Temporary Facilities and Controls

2. Selective Concrete Removal:

a. Measurement: Lump sum (LS).




b. Payment: i. Payment shall be made at the lump sum bid for selective removal

of the existing concrete dock structure to accommodate foundations and support pedestals. Contractor’s bid shall include all costs associated with demolition, removal, hauling, and disposal of removed concrete.

c. Related sections: i. Section 017419 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal

3. Miscellaneous Removals:


i. Miscellaneous Removals includes all items requiring demolition, salvage, removal, relocation, or related action to accommodate proposed work but not specifically called out as an individual pay item on the Bid Form, including but not limited to saw cuts and pavement removal. Payment for Miscellaneous Removals as described above will not be measured separately but will be paid based on lump sum bid.


4. Gravel Fill Removal:

a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). The estimated Gravel Fill Removal volume on the Bid Form is based on original dock construction drawings and assumptions regarding the location of buried dock structure. Includes Gravel Fill Removal at planting areas and excavations for retaining walls, foundations, and walkways.

b. Payment for Gravel Fill Removal shall be at the unit price bid for all costs associated with excavation, hauling, and disposal or recycling of gravel fill. and includes the removal of all waste material and associated debris such as fragments of concrete, which may be buried below grade.


5. Erosion Control Compliance:

a. Measurement: Lump sum (LS). b. Payment: Payment will be made for initial installation of erosion control

items indicated in the Drawings or required for Erosion Control Compliance. c. Related sections:

i. Section 015000 – Temporary Facilities and Controls

6. Topsoil Sourced and Placed: a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for sourcing, importing, and amending (as required) topsoil for planting areas, and placing topsoil to finish grades as indicated in Drawings. Includes installation of jute matting and annual cover crop seeding to prevent erosion of placed topsoil.




c. Related sections: i. Section 329100 – Soil Preparation

C. Cast-In-Place Concrete Structures 1. Concrete Seatwall with Integral Stair:

a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for forming and installing Concrete Seatwall with Integral Stair, including steel reinforcement, and doweled attachments to adjacent construction.

ii. Division 03 - Concrete

2. Concrete Walkway: a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for forming and installing Concrete Walkway, including steel reinforcement, and doweled attachments to adjacent construction.

ii. Division 03 – Concrete

3. Chute Foundation: a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for forming and installing Chute Foundation, including steel reinforcement, and anchorages for salvaged chute attachment (chute by others).


4. Light Mast Foundation: a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for forming and installing Light Mast Foundation, including steel reinforcement, anchorages for salvaged light mast attachment (light mast by others) and doweled attachments to existing dock structure.


5. Foundation Wall at Precast Plinths: a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for forming and installing Foundation Wall at Precast Plinths, including steel reinforcement, anchorages for timber assemblies, and doweled attachments to existing dock structure.


6. Concrete Pedestals for Bridge 1 Support: a. Measurement: Unit price (EA).




b. Payment: i. Payment shall be full compensation for forming and installing

Concrete Pedestals for Bridge 1 support, including steel reinforcement, anchorages for adjacent construction, and doweled attachments to existing dock structure.


D. Precast Concrete 1. “Turfstone” Paver Edge:

a. Measurement: Unit price (EA). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for installing “Turfstone” pavers as planter edge.

ii. Division 034100 – Precast Concrete

2. Ecology Block Walk Foundation / Ecology Block Planter Edge: a. Measurement: Unit price (LF). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for installing “Ecology Block” Walk Foundation and Ecology Block Planter Edge.


3. Jersey Barrier Planter Edge: a. Measurement: Unit price (LF). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for installing “Jersey Barrier” Planter Edge.


4. Precast Concrete Plinths: a. Measurement: Unit price (CY). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing Precast Concrete Plinths, including steel reinforcement, connections to adjacent construction, and compacted gravel backfill.


E. Railings 1. Handrail at Stair:

a. Measurement: Unit Price (LF). b. Payment:

i. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing handrail, including anchorages, and concrete coring to accept anchorages.

ii. Section 324020 – Metal Railings




2. Guardrail Type 1: a. Measurement: Unit Price (LF). b. Payment:

iii. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing handrail, including anchorages, and concrete coring to accept anchorages.

iv. Section 324020 – Metal Railings

3. Guardrail Type 2: a. Measurement: Unit Price (LF). b. Payment:

v. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing handrail, including attachments to Bridge 1 Framing.

vi. Section 324020 – Metal Railings

F. Timber Plinths and Timber Edges 1. Timber Edge at Precast Plinth:

a. Measurement: Unit Price (EA). b. Payment:

vii. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing Timber Edge at Precast Plinth, including associated steel brackets and assemblies, and anchorages to adjacent construction.

viii. Section 055000– Metal Fabrications ix. Section 061323 – Heavy Timber Construction

2. Timber Plinth at Precast Plinth:


x. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing Timber Plinth at Precast Plinth, including associated steel brackets and assemblies, and anchorages to adjacent construction.

xi. Section 055000– Metal Fabrications xii. Section 061323 – Heavy Timber Construction

3. Timber Plinth at Light Mast Foundation:


xiii. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing Timber Plinth at Light Mast Foundation, including associated steel brackets and assemblies, and anchorages to adjacent construction.

xiv. Section 055000– Metal Fabrications xv. Section 061323 – Heavy Timber Construction

G. Bridge 1

1. Bridge Framing: a. Measurement: Unit Price (LS). b. Payment:




xvi. Payment shall be full compensation for fabricating and installing Bridge 1 Framing, including attachments to Support Pedestals and existing dock structure.

xvii. Section 051200– Metal Fabrications 2. Bar Grating:

a. Measurement: Unit Price (SF). b. Payment:

xviii. Payment shall be full compensation for installing Bar Grating at Bridge 1, including attachments to Bridge 1 Framing.

xix. Section 055313 – Bar Grating.


SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1

SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to

changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.

2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Proposed Products List and Substitution Requests: 1. Intent:

a. To fully identify, prior to beginning the Work, the products Contractor intends to provide, and substitutions the Contractor requests.

b. To facilitate timely submittal processing by avoiding rejection of unacceptable products and unspecified products later during construction.

2. Proposed Products List: a. Within 14 calendar days after date of receipt of notice to proceed and before

submitting any Product Submittals, submit for approval the list of the products proposed for installation. Include the name of the manufacturer for each product and, where applicable, the name of Subcontractor.

b. The list shall be tabulated by and be complete for each Specification Section. c. For each product listed, clearly indicate: a) As Specified, or b) Not As Specified.

For each product designated Not As Specified, clearly indicate: c) Comparable Product, or d) Proposed Substitution.

B. Substitution Requests Accompanying the Proposed Products List: 1. A request for substitution will be considered, subject to the following requirements:

a. Include with the proposed products list a completed substitution request form for each proposed substitution anticipated for the Project. Check the box indicating the request is submitted with the proposed products list.

b. Submit each proposed substitution using a separate copy of the substitution request form. Use substitution request form included in the Project Manual, or request form from the Engineer. See Section 012510 “Substitution Request Form.” Submit in number of copies specified for proposed product list.

c. The substitution request is submitted at the time the proposed products list is submitted. A request submitted after the time set for submittal of the proposed products list is subject to automatic rejection.

d. Include with the request complete data on the proposed substitution. Such data shall include: 1) Product Data highlighted to show applicability to the proposed substitution

and project conditions;



2) Performance and test data; 3) References, and samples, where applicable; and 4) An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product

features specified in the Contract Documents, including data relating to design and artistic effect, where applicable.

e. Include copies of the pertinent Contract Documents, clearly marked and highlighted to show changes necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution.

f. If the proposed substitution is due to unavailability of a specified product, a written statement shall accompany it, written by the supplier of the specified product, confirming lack of availability.

g. By submitting the substitution request, Contractor affirms that: 1) the proposed substitution conforms to the required dimensions and meets or exceeds the standards of required function, appearance, and quality set by the specified product: and 2) the burden of proof rests with the Contractor.

h. By submitting a substitution request, Contractor agrees to absorb all costs resulting from acceptance of the proposed substitution, including both known and subsequently discovered revisions to other construction needed to accommodate the substitution, and other expected and unforeseen costs, such as delays, code approval-related expenses, and additional architectural services.

C. Substitution Requests After Proposed Products List: 1. Use no product in the Work that is not named in the Contract Documents, or not listed in

the Proposed Products List, or not approved as a substitute or comparable product. Products specified solely by reference standard or performance requirements do not require naming.

2. During construction of the Work, products not listed on the accepted Proposed Products List shall not be used without receipt of an approved substitution request for a listed product. A substitution request will be considered under one of the following conditions: a. The product listed on the accepted Proposed Product List becomes unavailable.

Include with the substitution request a letter from the listed manufacturer, on the manufacturer's letterhead, verifying that the product is no longer available.

b. Conditions uncovered at the Site render the listed product inappropriate, or an undesirable choice for the conditions uncovered. Include with the substitution request a full description of the uncovered conditions and why the requested substitution is preferable to the listed product.

3. Make each substitution request on the specified substitution request form. Fully execute form in accordance with the provisions of Article, Proposed Products List and Accompanying Substitution Requests, except for provisions requiring submittal concurrent with proposed products list. Check the box indicating the Contractor's request is being submitted separate from and after submittal of the proposed products list

D. A request for substitution forwarded by the Contractor means that Contractor: 1. Has investigated the proposed substitution. 2. Has determined that the substitution is equal to or superior in quality and serviceability

(performance) to the product specified in the Contract Documents. 3. Will provide the same guarantee for the substitution that is required for the product

specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs that subsequently become apparent as a result of

the substitution. 5. Will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitution into the Work, and will make

such changes in the Work of the various trades as may be required to provide a completed condition.

E. A request for a substitution will not be considered if:



1. The substitution is merely indicated or implied on the Shop Drawing or Product Data submittal without the specified formal request and documented proof of conformance. Submittal approvals for items not meeting specifications are not valid. Completed construction related to such items is subject to rejection.

2. Implementation requires a major revision of the Contract Documents in order to accommodate the substitution.

3. The substitution request is substantially incomplete. F. Engineer's Review of Proposed Products List and Substitution Requests:

1. The Engineer will review properly submitted proposed products list and accompanying substitution requests.

2. The Engineer will evaluate each substitution request and inform Contractor in writing whether the proposed substitution is accepted, accepted as noted, or not accepted. a. Substitution requests that do not conform to requirements, including submittal

timing, are subject to return without review. b. A substitution will not be considered accepted by the Owner until it has been

documented by Change Order. 3. The Engineer's decision as to conformance and acceptability will be consistent with the

intent of the Contract Documents. 4. In the absence of written acceptance of a substitution request, proposed substitutions

shall be understood as not accepted. 5. The Engineer will endeavor to evaluate the substitution request in a reasonable period of

time. With the request, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer of the deadline for final decision on the request. In the absence of Engineer's decision within the critical time, the Contractor shall proceed with the specified product.

G. Product List and Substitution Request Format: 1. Product List: Provide PDF of the list 2. Substitution Requests: Provide PDF of requests

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.6 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following

conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce

indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.



B. Substitutions for Convenience: Engineer will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Engineer. 1. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following

conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy

conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.

b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.

c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.

d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution

has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.



END OF SECTION


SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 012510 - 1

SECTION 012510 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

END OF DOCUMENT


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1

SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling

requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Engineer will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on EJCDC Document C-942.

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect Construction Manager will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect Construction Manager are not

instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after

receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with

total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of

the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect Construction Manager. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the

Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2

5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect.

1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS

A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 012100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances.

B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit-price work.

1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect Construction Manager will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on EJCDC Document C941.

1.7 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. Work Change Directive: Architect Construction Manager may issue a Work Change Directive on EJCDC Document C-940. Work Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Work Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also

designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Work Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary

to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.



END OF SECTION


PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1

SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for

handling changes to the Contract. 2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements

governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be indicated as

separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule.

B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format EJCDC Document C-620. 2. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form, with separate columns to indicate the

following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest

one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. Round dollar amounts to whole dollars, with total equal to Contract Sum. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment.

3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.

4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.



5. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive.

1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and Construction Manager and paid for by Owner.

B. Payment Application Times: As defined the General and Supplementary Conditions.

C. Application for Payment Forms: Use EJCDC Document C-620 as form for Applications for Payment. 1. Other Application for Payment forms proposed by the Contractor shall be acceptable to

Architect Construction Manager and Owner. Submit forms for approval with initial submittal of schedule of values.

D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect Construction Manager will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction

schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether

or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment.

3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration.

E. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect Construction Manager by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate

information about application.

F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after

deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit

waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from

every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.

5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner.

G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments.



7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Report of preconstruction conference.

H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a

statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for

Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

I. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. AIA Document G707. 2. Evidence that claims have been settled. 3. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of

date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.Final Lein Waivers

4. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.



END OF SECTION


PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1

SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Digital project management procedures. 5. Project meetings.

B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor.

C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting

Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and

field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, or

Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. B. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems

used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.

C. Newforma Info Exchange Server (NIX): The Info Exchange Server is a Web-enabled server that enables internal project team members to easily and securely exchange project files with external project team members (and vice-versa) using a website. It provides email notifications, reminders, and a history log (audit trail) for all posted file transfers.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or

supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and in prominent

location in each built facility. Keep list current at all times.



1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where

installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their

Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and scheduled activities of other contractors and direction of Project coordinator to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems.

1.6 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities

controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's

work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect and Construction Manager. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the

Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature.



13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected

materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.

D. Architect's:Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect r after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract

Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect or Construction Manager of additional information.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or

the Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's and Construction Manager's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and

Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as

appropriate.

F. On receipt of Architect's and Construction Manager's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect and Construction Manager within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1.7 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES

A. Architect's Digital Data Files: See Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." B. Web-Based Project Software: Use Architect's Newforma Info Exchange (NIX) web-based file

server for purposes of managing RFIs, Submittals and File Transfers until Final Completion.



C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal

requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required,

provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.

1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is

required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and

agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, within three days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;

Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f. Lines of communications. g. Use of web-based Project software. h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs. j. Procedures for testing and inspecting. k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. l. Distribution of the Contract Documents. m. Submittal procedures. n. Preparation of Record Documents. o. Use of the premises. p. Work restrictions. q. Working hours. r. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. s. Parking availability. t. Office, work, and storage areas. u. Equipment deliveries and priorities. v. First aid. w. Security. x. Progress cleaning.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Progress Meetings: Construction Manager will conduct progress meetings at regular intervals.



1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning

Authority, Construction Manager, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.

Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of Proposal Requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress

meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.



END OF SECTION


REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 013110 - 1

SECTION 013110 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

END OF DOCUMENT


CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1

SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Unusual event reports.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for preparing a combined Contractor's

Construction Schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned

early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for completing an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum.

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.

2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity.

3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled.




A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF file.

B. Startup construction schedule. 1. Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of

schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.

C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to

comply with requirements for submittals.

E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or

actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted in

ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start date if known.

3. Total Float Report: List of activities sorted in ascending order of total float. 4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of the

Work until most recent Application for Payment.

F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. H. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. K. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.


A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's request.

B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim

milestones, and partial Owner occupancy. 4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts. 6. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.



8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies.

9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures, including commissioning activities.

10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 11. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities

involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule

them in proper sequence.

1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

B. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling. 1. In-House Option: Owner may waive requirement to retain a consultant if Contractor

employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications.

2. Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress, alleged delays, and time impact.

C. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows

an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

D. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically

allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead

items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule.

4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning. 6. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for

Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

7. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.

E. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.



3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner.

4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use-of-premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control.

7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Building flush-out. m. Startup and placement into final use and operation. n. Commissioning.

8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion.

F. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests. 1. See Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures.

G. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time.



H. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have

been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

I. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.

J. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in

the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

1.8 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

1.9 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice of Award. 1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received

since the start of Project.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an

estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.

1.10 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format. B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice of

Award. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a cost- and resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be

accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for the Notice of Award.



a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates.

2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information.

3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.

4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule to coordinate with the Contract Time.

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship

of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and inspection. j. Commissioning. k. Punch list and final completion. l. Activities occurring following final completion.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.

3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical

path. 5. Cost- and Resource-Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to construction activities on

the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to submittal activities. Obtain Architect's approval prior to assigning costs to fabrication and delivery activities. Assign costs under main subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents, and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum. a. Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to approval by

Architect. b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall Project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity.



3. Main events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Average size of workforce. 10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time.

H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates. 1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar

value. 2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative

dollar value. 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed

as of list date. 4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with

progress meetings. a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative

value completed" with total at bottom. b. Submit value summary printouts one week before each regularly scheduled

progress meeting.

1.11 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or

snow. 7. Testing and inspection. 8. Accidents. 9. Meetings and significant decisions. 10. Unusual events. 11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 12. Meter readings and similar recordings. 13. Emergency procedures. 14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 15. Change Orders received and implemented. 16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 17. Services connected and disconnected. 18. Equipment or system tests and startups. 19. Partial completions and occupancies.



20. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials: 1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.

C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. 1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence.

Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.



END OF SECTION


SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1

SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL


Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes:

1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the

schedule of values. 2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination

drawings and subcontractor list and for requirements for web-based Project software. 3. Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting preconstruction

photographs, periodic construction photographs, and final completion construction photographs.

4. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals.

5. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

6. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Contractor: Refers to an entity in direct Contract with the Owner to furnish and/or perform any

portion of the Work of the Contract, including but not limited to a Construction Manager. Contractor shall review and approve product submittals. 1. Contractor shall review and approve Product Submittals prior to forwarding them to the

Architect.

B. Product Submittals: In general, Product Submittals show characteristics of the proposed construction in one of the following forms: 1. Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for

the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.

2. Product Data: Illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, color charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. a. Product Data does not include Material Safety Data Sheets. Do not submit

MSDS. They will be returned without review. 3. Samples: Physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and

establish standards by which the Work will be judged C. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require

Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."

D. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."



E. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.

F. Newforma Info Exchange Server (NIX): The Info Exchange Server is a Web-enabled server that enables internal project team members to easily and securely exchange project files with external project team members (and vice-versa) using a website. It provides email notifications, reminders, and a history log (audit trail) for all posted file transfers.

G. Submittal Review Stamp: The review stamp used by the Contractor as evidence that submittal has been reviewed for compliance with Contract Documents.

H. Submittal Review Sheet: The document provided by the Architect to the Contractor for inclusion with all submittals.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Compliance Form: Allowed in lieu of some product data and sample submittals.

See individual specification sections for specific allowable use. By submitting the form, the Contractor certifies that all products specified in the Section are being submitted exactly as indicated, including all options and features indicated, with no substitutions or comparable products. Where a Basis-of-Design manufacturer/product is indicated, along with a list of other manufacturers, the Contractor certifies that only the Basis-of-Design manufacturer/product will be provided and not any other listed manufacturers/products. Where a single manufacturer/product is indicated, even if specified as "available manufacturer" or manufacturer "included but not limited to the following", Contractor certifies that only the indicated single manufacturer/product will be provided. 1. Fill in the information required for Document 013330 "Submittal Compliance Form" and

include as a line item on the Submittal Cover Sheet for each applicable Submittal. 2. Upon receipt, the Architect will complete the form in the space below "Architect Action"

and indicate the Action on the Submittal Cover Sheet. 3. Procedures and processing time are the same as indicated in this Section.

B. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and Construction Manager and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. Note that submittal schedule is a separate document required in addition to the construction schedule. 1. Submit all required types of submittals for each product together. For example: Shop

Drawings will not be reviewed when related Samples, Product Data, and test reports have not been submitted.

2. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontractors, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.

3. Initial Submittal: Submit initial Submittals Schedule not more than 7 days after receipt of reviewed Proposed Products List, or concurrently with start-up construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.

4. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.

5. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. Categorize submittal items by type, and designate the respective types by type code. Refer to code definitions below.

Type

Code Explanation



SD Shop Drawings PD Product Data S Sample DC Design Calculations L Letter SoC Statement of Compliance Cer Certificate/Certification Q Qualifications Statement (such as for Contractor, fabricator, or erector) SC Sample Construction (such as mock-up or sample installation) InI Installation Instructions AT Acceptance Test OpI Operating Instructions MaI Maintenance Instructions MAA Maintenance Agreement MaM Maintenance Materials Rcp Receipt (such as for keys, tools, and detachable parts, including delivery

tickets RD Record Documents SW Special Warranty TR Test Report

6. "Latest possible date" means the date of receipt by Architect. This date allows for

review and return to Contractor in time to meet the construction schedule.

1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Requirements specified for submittals are intended to provide efficient handling, while permitting review responsibilities to be carried out.

B. Architect will accept submittals only from the Contractor. Only items specified to be submitted will be accepted.

C. Bind submittals in a manner suitable for 8-1/2 by 11-inch file folder storage, except where doing so is not workable.

D. Transmit submittals with all transportation charges prepaid. E. Avoidable Resubmittals: The first two reviews of each specified submittal will be processed

without cost to the Contractor. After the second review, the Owner may charge the Contractor for the cost of such additional processing, unless the processing results from approved Change Orders causing revisions to previously approved submittals.

F. MSDS: Do not submit Material Safety Data Sheets. If MSDS are required by the Contract Documents, request clarification of instructions from the Architect.

G. Architect's Digital Data Files: 1. With the Owner's concurrence, Architect's BIM modelCAD drawing digital data files used

to create the Contract Drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals, subject to the Architect's electronic file transfer agreement. The Contractor shall expect, and shall so agree, to execute and deliver the Architect's agreement before the transfer of such Instruments of Service.

2. The Contractor shall expect, and shall so agree, to pay fees to the Architect related to the transfer of Instruments of Service. Fees shall be paid before transfer. The payment of fees to the Architect reflects administrative costs only and are not, in any way, to indicate a "sale" of goods under the Uniform Commercial Code.



3. Request the Architect's electronic file transfer agreement form. Submit the request for file transfer directly to the Architect. Include the executed agreement, check made payable to SmithGroupJJR, Inc., and a list of documents requested, as identified in the Contract Documents.

4. The files will not be identical to the Contract Drawings. Prior to requesting files, discuss with the Architect how the files will differ from the Contract Documents, and related limitations, such as which Drawings will not be represented, the file format, what information will be included, and method of transmittal.

5. The Architect's fee for providing electronic files to the Contractor is as follows: a. 1 to 10 drawings: $250 set-up charge plus $25 per drawing b. 11 to 100 drawings: $500 set-up charge plus $5 per drawing c. 101 to 500 drawings: $1,000 set-up charge plus $2 per drawing.

H. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,

and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless

partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification

Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so

processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves Architect and Construction Manager reserve the right to

withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

I. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's Construction Manager's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 business days for initial review of each submittal. Allow

additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. 2. When a large volume of submittal materials is scheduled, additional review time may be

required. Similarly, a particular submittal may require review completion in less than the agreed normal time. Due to variations in submittal volume and processing needs, agreed review time is not intended to apply to extreme conditions.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 10 business days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants,

Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 15 business days for initial review of each submittal.

J. Maintain at the Project Site ready access to the latest reviewed Shop Drawings and Product Data, and one set of samples.

1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by

individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Before preparing the initial submittal of each type, request the Architect's direction regarding the Contractor's Transmittal format. All submittals, except for samples, shall be submitted as PDF electronic files unless indicated otherwise. 1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Architect's Newforma Info

Exchange (NIX) web-based file server specifically established for Project. a. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return annotated file. Annotate and

retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.



2. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. a. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return annotated file. Annotate and

retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 3. Action Submittals: Submit electronic PDF files of each submittal unless otherwise

indicated. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return electronic PDF copies. 4. Informational Submittals: Submit electronic PDF files of each submittal unless otherwise

indicated. Architect and Construction Manager will return a received receipt without further review.

5. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted

certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications

where indicated.

1.7 PREPARING SUBMITTALS

A. Title Block for Product Submittals 1. Shop Drawings, the cover sheets for Product Data, and the labels for Samples shall each

have an identifying title block containing: a. Project title. b. Architect's name, Project Number, and Contract Package title. c. Brief description of each submittal item matching the itemized descriptions on the

Contractor's Submittal Transmittal. d. Contractor's name and project or contract number. e. Name and phone number of manufacturer, supplier, subcontractor, or other such

organization furnishing the submittal to the Contractor. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal per specification section for each

element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data

are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

a. Mark where selections are to be made. b. Tailor large catalogs so that excessive unrelated products are not included.

3. To highlight and mark-up Product Data information, use bold markings that will be easily seen on electronic file format. Do not use a highlighter, pencil, or color.

4. Clearly convey the differences between similar products included in the submittal. a. Highlight information that differs for different sizes or grades.

5. Correlate Product Data with Contract Documents: a. Where the Contract Documents include designations such as types or marks, mark

Product Data with these itemized designations and include them on the Submittal Transmittal. For example: glass types; fixture item numbers.

b. Clearly highlight information on Product Data that shows compliance with specified requirements. For example: manufacturer only (not supplier, distributor, etc.); model number; rating; performance characteristics.

6. If multiple manufacturers or products are being submitted for similar items, include manufacturer or product name in separate line item descriptions on the Contractor's Submittal Transmittal. Do not use distributor or other supplier names other than manufacturer.

7. Dimensioning on Product Data shall be the same system of measure (metric vs. inch-pound) as on the Contract Drawings. If preprinted catalogues display only the system not used in the Contract Drawings, mark-up the Product Data with the other system's dimensions.



8. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base

Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the

following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings PDFs formated such that when printed will fit on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches.

3. Each sheet of the same item or system shall be uniform in size and numbered consecutively.

4. Each sheet shall contain the title block specified below plus an unobstructed space at the right side or bottom, of size not less than 6 by 8 inches for submittal review stamps and notations.

5. Dimensions on Shop Drawings shall be the same system of measure (i.e., metric or inch-pound) as on the Contract Drawings.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Submit submittal transmittal electronically as directed above. Electronic copy shall

contain digital images of samples with identifying labels clearly visible. 2. Submit samples with identifying labels firmly attached.

a. Labels shall be of a size to contain the Title Block plus unobstructed space for Submittal Review Stamp(s) and notations.

b. Each sample shall display, as a minimum, the Architect's project number, and the submittal and item numbers. Where Sample size does not permit the full title block without obstructing information, provide a separate sheet of paper,8-1/2 by 11-inch, securely attached to each sample (or sample set), with the information above included.

3. Recording of Sample Installation: Note and preserve the on-site indicators of each area constituting a sample installation, but remove indicators at final clean-up of Project. Use normal submittal form and process to provide record of sample.

4. When color, texture, or pattern is specified by naming a particular manufacturer and style, include one sample of the specified product for comparison if another product is submitted.

5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual

Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.

b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

6. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.



a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return submittal with options selected.

7. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Unless indicated otherwise in individual specification

sections, provide three sets of Samples. One to the Architect who will retain it for their records; one to the Owner and one shall be retained at the jobsite. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication

techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract

Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space.

F. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

G. Certificates: 1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of

entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated.

2. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

3. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

4. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

6. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

H. Test and Research Reports:



1. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

2. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

3. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. c. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use.

4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

5. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

6. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

I. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

J. Subcontractor List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying

products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a

design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a

written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the

Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.



1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with

other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark up with review comments before submitting to Architect and Construction Manager.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for quantities, weights, and dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the site; for information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes and to the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction; and for coordination of the work of all trades.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the submittal to be in conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.

D. The Contractor with each submission shall provide specific written notice of any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents by causing a specific notation to be made on the Submittal attachments or the Submittal-Transmittal.

E. The Contractor shall affix its own Submittal Review Stamp to all submittals. Architect will not review submittals that do not include a completed Contractor's Submittal Review stamp.

1.10 ARCHITECT'S AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not include the Submittal Review Sheet. B. Action Submittals: Architect's staff and consultants will review the submittal, and mark the

Submittal Review Sheet with an action code. The code meanings are described below. C. Additional codes may be provided within comments or as an electronic submittal review stamp

and shall be used in help indicating return of partial submittals. D. The Final Review Code on the Submittal Review Sheet prevails and governs the action of the

overall submittal. E. Review Code meanings are as follows:

1. Action Codes Permitting Use: a. When an action code permitting use is assigned to a submittal, it does not

authorize work that does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Acceptance of the Work will depend on compliance.

b. Code AP - Approved: The Work covered by the submittal item may proceed, provided it complies with Contract Document requirements.

c. Code AN - Approved as Noted: The Work covered by the submittal item may proceed, provided it complies with the Architect's notations and Contract Document requirements.

d. Code AN-R - Approved as Noted - Resubmit: Do not deliver or install the related work until the resubmittal has received Code AP or AN. However, fabrication and other off-site work covered by the submittal item may proceed, at the Contractor's risk, provided it complies with the Architect's notations and Contract Document requirements.

2. Action Code Prohibiting Use: a. Action Code REJ - Not Approved: The Work covered by the submittal item,

including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and other activity, shall not proceed. Revise the submittal item or prepare a new item in accordance with the Architect's notations. Resubmit the corrected or new item without delay; do not permit submittal items marked "Not Approved" to be used. Work incorporating such items will be rejected.

3. Action Code for Items Not Required: a. Action Code X - Not Requested by Contract Documents: The submittal item is not

called for by the Contract Documents and is being returned unreviewed by the Architect except to the extent necessary to determine its status.



F. Informational Submittals: For Architect's information only. Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect and Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party. 1. Action Code for Information Only:

a. Action Code INF - Information Only - Received: The submittal item is not called for a return with a reviewed action code by the Contract Documents and is being returned un-reviewed by the Architect except to the extent necessary to determine its status.

G. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect and Construction Manager.

H. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned without review.

I. Architect and Construction Manager will return without review or discard submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.

J. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.

1.11 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General: The Contractor's Submittal Transmittal shall be a PDF file in electronic format. It is recommended, to expedite the submittal review, the electronic form be emailed for review to the Architect as early as possible. 1. Submittal Numbering: See below. 2. Contact Information: Full Name, Phone Number and Email Address.

B. Submittal Definition 1. Each submittal consists of items from only ONE Specifications section. 2. Complete Submittal: If ALL the items required by the Specifications section are listed on

one Submittal Form (including continuation sheet), it is a complete submittal. 3. Partial Submittals: If it is necessary to divide the required items of a given Specifications

section into two or more submittals to meet schedule or handling requirements, the separate submittals are partial submittals. All partial submittals have the same submittal number, and are differentiated by sequential P-numbers (see below).

4. All items in each submittal, whether complete or partial, will be processed together: Individual items will not be 'broken out' for special handling. Arrange submittals accordingly.

C. Submittal Numbering 1. Number submittals as described below to assist tracking. 2. Number each submittal in the format nnnnnn-nn.

a. The 6-digit number is the number of the section that requires the submittal. For example, 044200.

b. The 2-digit number is based on the numerical sequence of submittals from that section. In other words, for each section, the first submittal is 01, the second is 02, and so on. The 2-digit number does not change for partial or re-submittals, so that the submittal can be tracked.

c. P-Number for Partial Submittals: Number each partial submittal in the P space, beginning with P1, and increasing by one for each partial submittal of that submittal. If the submittal is a complete submittal, leave the P space blank.

d. R-Number for Re-submittals: Number each re-submittal in the arr space, beginning with R1, and increasing by one for each re-submittal of that submittal. Do not include an R-Number for the initial submittal.

e. Examples:



1) Initial Complete Submittal: 044200-01. First Re-Submittal: 044200-01-R1.

2) Initial Partial Submittal: 044200-01-P1. Second Partial Submittal: 0044200-01-P2. First Re-submittal of Second Partial Submittal: 044200-R1-P2.

D. Item Kind: Identify each submittal item using the code explanation specified for submittal schedule entries.

E. Shop Drawings: Include a description of each drawing, matching the description on the drawing itself.

F. Description: Provide a brief, clear generic description of each line item, using the Drawings or Specifications as a guide. If more than one manufacturer's model numbers are included in the submittal package, indicate the model numbers in parentheses in the affected line items. Do not list distributors or suppliers other than the manufacturer.

G. Resubmittals: In addition to providing the R-number, enter the information using the same line item number as the original submittal package. Doing so will avoid delay in handling the resubmittal package. Resubmit only those items that previously received Code No. AN-R or REJ.

1.12 SUBMITTAL REVIEW SHEET REQUIREMENTS

A. General: The Contractor shall obtain the Submittal Review Sheet from the SmithGroupJJR Project Manager.

B. The Submittal Review Sheet obtained shall be in PDF format, and shall be submitted as the page after the Submittal Transmittal.

C. When attached, the Submittal Review Sheet shall not obscure information contained in the submittal.

D. The Contractor shall not edit any of the information contained within the Submittal Review Sheet except as follows: 1. Submittal Number: See Submittal Numbering in Submittal Transmittal Requirements

paragraph. E. The Contractor shall submit the PDF file in a manner that will allow editing of the Submittal

Review Sheet fields by SmithGroupJJR and its consultants.


PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) ATTACHMENTS Sample Submittal Review Sheet

END OF SECTION


SUBMITTAL COMPLIANCE FORM 013330 - 1

SECTION 013330 - SUBMITTAL COMPLIANCE FORM

PART 1 -

END OF DOCUMENT


REFERENCES 014200 - 1

SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,

and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "As Otherwise Direct": Used in relation to items to be determined after Contract by agreement between Owner, Architect, and Contractor, with input from other entities as appropriate.

D. "Certified": Guaranteed in writing over the signature of an authorized representative of the certifying organization.

E. "Directed": An instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."

F. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

G. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

H. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

I. "Install": Operations including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations at Project site.

J. "N.I.C" or "NIC": Not in Contract. K. "Necessary": That which is reasonably necessary to the proper completion of the Work. L. "Per": In accordance with the requirements of. M. "Products": Materials, equipment, or systems. N. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. O. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is

shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

P. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

Q. "Replace": To put something new in place of. R. "Required": Referring to requirements of the Contract Documents, unless its use clearly

implies a different interpretation. S. "Shown" or "Indicated": Appearing on the Drawings, unless their use clearly implies a different

interpretation.



T. "Supply": Same as Furnish.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain

copies directly from publication source.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States."

B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials;

www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com. 8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org 9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org. 10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org. 12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org. 13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org. 15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org. 17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org. 21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com. 23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org. 26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org.

http://www.aabc.com/

http://www.aamanet.org/

http://www.aapfco.org/

http://www.transportation.org/

http://www.aatcc.org/

http://www.americanbearings.org/

http://www.abma.com/

http://www.concrete.org/

http://www.concrete-pipe.org/

http://www.aeic.org/

http://www.afandpa.org/

http://www.aga.org/

http://www.aham.org/

http://www.ahrinet.org/

http://www.asphaltinstitute.org/

http://www.aia.org/

http://www.aisc.org/

http://www.steel.org/

http://www.aitc-glulam.org/

http://www.amca.org/

http://www.ansi.org/

http://www.aosaseed.com/

http://www.apawood.org/

http://www.archprecast.org/

http://www.api.org/

http://www.asphaltroofing.org/



29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org. 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See

ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers;

www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers);

www.asme.org. 33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org. 34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org. 36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada;

www.awmac.com. 40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com. 41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org. 42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com. 45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's

Association); www.bifma.org. 47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation);

www.bissc.org. 49. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 50. CE - Conformite Europeenne; http://ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce-marking/ 51. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 52. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org. 53. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 54. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 55. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 56. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 57. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 58. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 59. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 60. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com. 61. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org. 62. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 63. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 64. CSA - Canadian Standards Association; www.csa.ca. 65. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services);

www.csa-international.org. 66. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org. 67. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 68. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 69. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 70. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 71. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 72. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). 73. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA). 74. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org. 75. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 76. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com.

http://www.asce.org/

http://www.ashrae.org/

http://www.asme.org/

http://www.asse.org/

http://www.asse-plumbing.org/

http://www.astm.org/

http://www.atis.org/

http://www.awea.org/

http://www.awinet.org/

http://www.awmac.com/

http://www.awpa.com/

http://www.aws.org/

http://www.awwa.org/

http://www.buildershardware.com/

http://www.gobrick.com/

http://www.bicsi.org/

http://www.bifma.org/

http://www.bissc.org/

http://www.bissc.org/

http://www.copper.org/

http://ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce-marking/

http://www.electricity.ca/

http://www.ce.org/

http://www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com/

http://www.cfsei.org/

http://www.cganet.com/

http://www.cellulose.org/

http://www.cisca.org/

http://www.cispi.org/

http://www.chainlinkinfo.org/

http://www.pbmdf.com/

http://www.carpet-rug.org/

http://www.coolroofs.org/

http://www.crsi.org/

http://www.csa.ca/

http://www.csa-international.org/

http://www.csinet.org/

http://www.cedarbureau.org/

http://www.cti.org/

http://www.dasma.com/

http://www.dhi.org/

http://www.eciaonline.org/

http://www.eima.com/



77. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org. 78. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org . 79. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 80. ETL - Intertek (See Intertek); www.intertek.com. 81. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 82. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. 83. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation);

www.fiba.com. 84. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation);

www.fivb.org. 85. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com. 86. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com. 87. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.;

www.floridaroof.com. 88. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 89. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 90. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. 91. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com. 92. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. 93. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org. 94. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 95. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 96. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org. 97. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com. 98. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 99. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 100. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA). 101. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 102. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 103. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 104. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 105. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 106. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 107. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 108. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of

North America); www.ies.org. 109. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 110. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 111. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org. 112. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 113. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 114. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA);

www.intertek.com. 115. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and

Automation Society); www.isa.org. 116. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 117. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid

Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 118. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 119. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 120. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 121. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 122. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 123. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 124. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com.

http://www.ejma.org/

http://www.esda.org/

http://www.intertek.com/

http://www.evo-world.org/

http://www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org/

http://www.fiba.com/

http://www.fivb.org/

http://www.fmglobal.com/

http://www.fmglobal.com/

http://www.floridaroof.com/

http://www.fluidsealing.com/

http://www.fscus.org/

http://www.gypsum.org/

http://www.glasswebsite.com/

http://www.greenseal.org/

http://www.pumps.org/

http://www.hpva.org/

http://www.hpwhite.com/

http://www.iapsc.org/

http://www.iasonline.org/

http://www.iccsafe.org/

http://www.icea.net/

http://www.icpa-hq.org/

http://www.icri.org/

http://www.iec.ch/

http://www.ieee.org/

http://www.ies.org/

http://www.iest.org/

http://www.igmaonline.org/

http://www.igshpa.okstate.edu/

http://www.iliai.com/

http://www.intertek.com/

http://www.isa.org/

http://www.isfanow.org/

http://www.iso.org/

http://www.itu.int/home

http://www.kcma.org/

http://www.lightning.org/

http://www.mbma.com/



125. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 126. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 127. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 128. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 129. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 130. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 131. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 132. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.;

www.mss-hq.org. 133. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 134. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International);

www.nace.org. 135. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 136. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 137. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 138. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 139. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 140. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 141. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 142. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 143. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 144. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 145. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 146. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 147. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 148. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA). 149. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 150. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 151. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 152. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 153. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 154. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 155. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 156. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org. 157. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 158. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 159. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 160. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 161. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 162. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 163. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology

Association); http://www.plasa.org. 164. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 165. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 166. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 167. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org. 168. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 169. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 170. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 171. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 172. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See

ASCE). 173. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 174. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 175. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org.

http://www.metalconstruction.org./

http://www.maplefloor.org/

http://www.metalframingmfg.org/

http://www.mhia.org/

http://www.marble-institute.com/

http://www.wmmpa.com/

http://www.paintinfo.com/

http://www.mss-hq.org/

http://www.naamm.org/

http://www.nace.org/

http://www.nadca.com/

http://www.naima.org/

http://www.nbgqa.com/

http://www.newbuildings.org/

http://www.ncaa.org/

http://www.ncma.org/

http://www.nebb.org/

http://www.necanet.org/

http://www.nelma.org/

http://www.nema.org/

http://www.netaworld.org/

http://www.nfhs.org/

http://www.nfpa.org/

http://www.nfrc.org/

http://www.nhla.com/

http://www.nlga.org/

http://www.nomma.org/

http://www.nrca.net/

http://www.nrmca.org/

http://www.nsf.org/

http://www.nspe.org/

http://www.nssga.org/

http://www.ntma.com/

http://www.nwfa.org/

http://www.pci.org/

http://www.pdionline.org/

http://www.plasa.org/

http://www.boltcouncil.org/

http://www.rfci.com/

http://www.redwoodinspection.com/

http://www.sae.org/

http://www.scte.org/

http://www.sdi.org/

http://www.steeldoor.org/

http://www.sefalabs.com/

http://www.siaonline.org/

http://www.steeljoist.org/

http://www.smainfo.org/



176. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org.

177. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 178. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 179. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 180. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org. 181. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 182. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 183. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 184. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com. 185. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 186. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 187. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 188. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 189. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 190. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA -

Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org.

191. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).

192. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 193. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org. 194. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 195. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 196. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; http://www.ul.com. 197. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 198. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org. 199. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 200. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 201. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 202. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 203. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 204. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 205. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org. 206. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 207. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology;

www.nist.gov. 4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.

http://www.smacna.org/

http://www.smpte.org/

http://www.sprayfoam.org/

http://www.spib.org/

http://www.spri.org/

http://www.solar-rating.org/

http://www.ssina.com/

http://www.sspc.org/

http://www.steeltank.com/

http://www.steelwindows.com/

http://www.swpa.org/

http://www.tilt-up.org/

http://www.tileusa.com/

http://www.tema.org/

http://www.tiaonline.org/

http://www.masonrysociety.org/

http://www.tpinst.org/

http://www.turfgrasssod.org/

http://www.tileroofing.org/

http://www.ul.com/

http://www.uni-bell.org/

http://www.usavolleyball.org/

http://www.usgbc.org/

http://www.usitt.org/

http://www.wastec.org/

http://www.wclib.org/

http://www.wcmanet.org/

http://www.wdma.com/

http://www.wicnet.org/

http://www.wsrca.com/

http://www.wwpa.org/

http://www.din.de/

http://www.iapmo.org/

http://www.iccsafe.org/

http://www.icc-es.org/

http://www.usace.army.mil/

http://www.cpsc.gov/

http://www.nist.gov/

http://www.quicksearch.dla.mil/

http://www.energy.gov/

http://www.epa.gov/



7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies

Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research

Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity

Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice;

www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.

E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office;

www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA

Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services;

www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design

Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb. 6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See

USAB).



END OF SECTION 014200

http://www.faa.gov/

http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys

http://www.gsa.gov/

http://www.hud.gov/

http://www.eetd.lbl.gov/

http://www.osha.gov/

http://www.state.gov/

http://www.trb.org/

http://www.ars.usda.gov/

http://www.usda.gov/

http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/

http://www.usp.org/

http://www.usps.com/

http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys



http://www.dsp.dla.mil/

http://www.gsa.gov/

http://www.wbdg.org/ccb

http://www.access-board.gov/


TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1

SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions.

1.3 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.


A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel.

B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility.

C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content.

D. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.


A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link

fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete bases for supporting posts.

2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.

B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan

racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide

electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot- square tack and marker boards.

3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68

to 72 deg F. 5. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating

units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing

agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application.

2.4 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS

A. General: 1. Provide one project identification sign(s). Locate where indicated or as directed by

Architect. 2. Refer to Document 015000.01 "Project Identification Sign", for sign dimensions, layout

specifications, structure and typefaces. 3. Submit shop drawings for approval showing structure, exact dimensions, copy,

confirmation of specified colors and typefaces, and location(s) on site. Receive approval before erection.

4. Maintain sign(s) until final acceptance of the Work, and repaint sign(s) at least once in each 12-month period.

B. Sign Construction: 1. Fabricate sign of 3/4 inch minimum thickness, waterproof marine plywood, and 1/4 inch

hardwood edge strips with mitered corners. 2. Include the name of the Owner, the Architect and major Contractor(s) on the sign.



3. Mount project sign on pressure-preservative-treated wood posts, 4 x 4 inch minimum, set in concrete, with 2 x 4 inch horizontal back bracing to 2 x 6 inch deadman anchors driven into soil.

4. Anchor field office sign to field office or mount on 2 x 2 inch pressure-preservative-treated wood post set in ground, or otherwise anchored as approved.

5. Paint fasteners through face of signs to match background. 6. Provide Sherwin-Williams Co. colors as follows:

a. Owner's panel: white, SW 2123 (Exterior). b. Architect's panel: gray, SW 2115 (Exterior). c. Contractor's panel: gray, SW 2115 (Exterior). d. Field office signs: white, SW 2123 (Exterior). e. Type: black, SW 2126 (Exterior).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL

A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually

incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas [as indicated] [within construction limits indicated] on Drawings.

B. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and

individuals seeking entrance to Project. C. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle

waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution."

D. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and

equipment" and not temporary facilities.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing

facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose.



B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Section 311000 "Site Clearing."

D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings, requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction

activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during

construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and

sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed

during removal.

E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

F. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection."

G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized

personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner.

H. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday.

I. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,

ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.



D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration

into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION


PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN 015000.01 - 1

DOCUMENT 015000.01 – PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN



END OF DOCUMENT


EXECUTION 017300 - 1

SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project

Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work.


A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor. B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of

improvements comply with requirements.


A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.



1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of

sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Construction Manager promptly.

B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of

construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain

required dimensions.



4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and

levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established

by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference

points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written

approval of Architect or Construction Manager. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect and Construction Manager before proceeding.

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record

Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide

temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked

construction to its original condition.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance

and ease of removal for replacement.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.



F. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at

heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions

for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

H. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and

replacing defective Work.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance

of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.

Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

D. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not

hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where

required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

E. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to

demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish

restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

F. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.



3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. B. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for

proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the

entire work area, as appropriate.

C. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

D. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. E. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to

ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. F. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials

down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

I. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation

without binding. B. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.

Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality

Requirements."

3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work.

C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

END OF SECTION


CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 1

SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and

removal of above- and below-grade improvements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and

their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.


A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for commencement of the Work.

1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.


CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Comply with requirements for salvaging demolition waste. B. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows:

1. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.

2. Store items in a secure area until installation. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

3.2 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of

accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas.

END OF SECTION 017419


CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1

SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record

Specifications, and Record Product Data.


A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.

1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction

permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.



4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number.

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,

construction tools, and similar elements. 3. Complete final cleaning requirements. 4. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate

visual defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is

completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment

Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial

Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is

completed or corrected.

1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and

proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,

individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page:

a. Project name.



b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. Architect, will return annotated file.

1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES

A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.

C. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification

of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,

including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

f. Remove labels that are not permanent. g. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."



3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK

A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other

damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces.

Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including

mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.

4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

END OF SECTION


OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1

SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Product maintenance manuals.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation

and maintenance manuals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.


A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether content of operation

and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions

and field conditions.

B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. Enable reviewer comments on

draft submittals. C. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for

Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Authority's

comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

D. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.

1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where

scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.



2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.

1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 8. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the

systems contained in the manuals. 9. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

1.7 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.



4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions.

F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.



END OF SECTION


PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1

SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017300 "Execution" for final property survey. 2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance

manual requirements.


A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies:

a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints in digital format 2) Engineer will indicate whether general scope changes, additional

information recorded, and quality of drafting area acceptable. b. Final Submittal:

1) Submit record digital data files and three sets of record digital data file plots.

B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals,

submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.

D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

E. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.

1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies

from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be

difficult to identify or measure and record later.



b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect and Construction Manager. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints.

Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect through Construction Manager for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings

for use in recording information. a. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements

related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate

layers.

C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable

paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files

that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.



e. Name of Contractor.

1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that

cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and

equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to

provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in

operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where

applicable.

B. Format: Submit record Specifications as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Specifications.

1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that

cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in

manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where

applicable.

C. Format: Submit record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Product Data. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and

title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up miscellaneous record submittals. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section

number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.

1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.





END OF SECTION


SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1

SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade

improvements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Carefully detach items from existing structure in a manner to prevent damage to the remaining structure and legally dispose of these items off-site .

B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner.

C. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

B. Notify Engineer of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.

C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them

against damage during selective demolition operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been protect if required before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not

guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of

selective demolition required. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended

function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Engineer .

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area

and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of

existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.

4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.

C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use

cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

3. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. No salvaged items have been identified. Historic items that may be encountered shall be

salvaged for owner. 2. Clean salvaged items.



3. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 4. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 5. Transport items to Owner's storage area as designated by Owner. 6. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas. B. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION


COMMON SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE 030413 - 1

SECTION 030413 - COMMON SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following: 1. Supplementary administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop

Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals specific to the work of this Division.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 submittal requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Contractor: Refers to an entity in direct Contract with the Owner to furnish and/or perform any portion of the Work of the Contract, including but not limited to a Construction Manager. 1. Contractor shall review and approve Product Submittals prior to fowarding them to the

Architect.

B. Product Submittals: In general, Product Submittals show characteristics of the proposed construction in one of the following forms: 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Product Data. 3. Samples.

C. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Engineer's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."

D. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Engineer's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."

E. Submittal Review Sheet: Specific form required to accompany each submittal. Obtain Submittal Review Sheet from the SmithGroupJJR Project Manager.



B. Avoidable Resubmittals: The first two reviews of each specified submittal will be processed without cost to the Contractor. After the second review, the Owner may charge the Contractor for the cost of such additional processing, unless the processing results from approved Change Orders causing revisions to previously approved submittals.

C. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,


partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.



3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Engineer and Construction Manager reserve the right to withhold action on a

submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

D. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Engineer's Construction Manager's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 business days for initial review of each submittal. Allow



3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 10 business days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Engineer's consultants,


E. Maintain at the Project Site ready access to the latest reviewed Shop Drawings and Product Data, and one set of samples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Combine with Submittal Review Sheet before submitting to Engineer and Construction Manager. 1. Submittal Compliance Form: Allowed in lieu of some product data and sample

submittals. See individual specification sections for specific allowable use. By submitting the form, the Contractor certifies that all products specified in the Section are being submitted exactly as indicated, including all options and features indicated, with no substitutions or comparable products. Where a Basis-of-Design manufacturer/product is indicated, along with a list of other manufacturers, the Contractor certifies that only the Basis-of-Design manufacturer/product will be provided and not any other listed manufacturers/products. Where a single manufacturer/product is indicated, even if specified as "available manufacturer" or manufacturer "included but not limited to the following", Contractor certifies that only the indicated single manufacturer/product will be provided. a. Obtain a copy of the Submittal Compliance Form from the Engineer, fill in the

information required and include as a line item on the Submittal Cover Sheet for each applicable Submittal.

b. Upon receipt, the Engineer will complete the form in the space below "Engineer Action" and indicate the Action on the Submittal Cover Sheet.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Division 01.



C. Be responsible for quantities, weights, and dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the site; for information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes and to the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction; and for coordination of the work of every trade, supplier, and subcontractor.

D. Be responsible for each submittal to be in conformance with information given and the design intent expressed in the Contract Documents.

E. Provide with each submittal specific written notice of any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents by causing a specific notation to be made on the Submittal Review Sheet and Submittal Transmittal.

3.2 ENGINEER'S AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S ACTION

A. General: Engineer will not review submittals that do not include the Submittal Review Sheet. B. Action Submittals: Engineer's staff and consultants will review the submittal, and mark the







c. Code AN - Approved as Noted: The Work covered by the submittal item may proceed, provided it complies with the Engineer's notations and Contract Document requirements.

d. Code AN-R - Approved as Noted - Resubmit: Do not deliver or install the related work until the resubmittal has received Code AP or AN. However, fabrication and other off-site work covered by the submittal item may proceed, at the Contractor's risk, provided it complies with the Engineer's notations and Contract Document requirements.


including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and other activity, shall not proceed. Revise the submittal item or prepare a new item in accordance with the Engineer's notations. Resubmit the corrected or new item without delay; do not permit submittal items marked "Not Approved" to be used. Work incorporating such items will be rejected.


called for by the Contract Documents and is being returned unreviewed by the Engineer except to the extent necessary to determine its status.

F. Informational Submittals: For Engineer's information only. Engineer and Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Engineer and Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party. 1. Action Code for Information Only:



a. Action Code INF - Information Only - Received: The submittal item is not called for a return with a reviewed action code by the Contract Documents and is being returned un-reviewed by the Engineer except to the extent necessary to determine its status.

G. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Engineer.


I. Engineer and Construction Manager will return without review or discard submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.

J. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Engineer without action.


A. Submittal Transmittal shall be a PDF file in electronic format. It is recommended, to expedite the submittal review, the electronic form be emailed for review to the Engineer as early as possible. 1. Submittal Numbering: See below. 2. Contact Information: Full Name, Phone Number and Email Address.



section into two or more submittals to meet schedule or handling requirements, the separate submittals are partial submittals. All partial submittals have the same submittal number, and are differentiated by sequential P-numbers (see below).





c. P-Number for Partial Submittals: Number each partial submittal in the pee space, beginning with P1, and increasing by one for each partial submittal of that submittal. If the submittal is a complete submittal, leave the P space blank.

d. R-Number for Re-submittals: Number each re-submittal in the arr space, beginning with R1, and increasing by one for each re-submittal of that submittal. Do not include an R-Number for the initial submittal.

e. Examples: 1) Initial Complete Submittal: 044200-01. First Re-Submittal:

044200-01-R1. 2) Initial Partial Submittal: 044200-01-P1. Second Partial Submittal:

0044200-01-P2. First Re-submittal of Second Partial Submittal: 044200-R1-P2.




A. Provide Submittal Review Sheet in PDF format. Submit as the page after the Submittal Transmittal.

B. When attached, the Submittal Review Sheet shall not obscure information contained in the submittal.

C. Do not edit any of the information contained within the Submittal Review Sheet except as follows: 1. Submittal Number: See Submittal Numbering in Submittal Transmittal Requirements

paragraph.

D. The Contractor shall submit the PDF file in a manner that will allow editing of the Submittal Review Sheet fields by SmithGroupJJR and its consultants.

END OF SECTION


CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1

SECTION 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL


Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,

mixture design, placement procedures, and finishing. B. Related Sections:

1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving " for aggregate base course and subgrade preparation.

1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture , submit alternate design mixtures when

characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.

C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Provide drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices, laps and supports for concrete reinforcement.

D. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Engineer.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For installer. B. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:

1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form-release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Curing compounds.

C. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Cementitious Material. 2. Aggregates

D. Field quality-control reports.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete

products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.



C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer.

D. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and

damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.

1.8 PRODUCT CONDITIONS A. Cold Weather Concreting:

1. Do not place concrete when the temperature of the surrounding air is expected to be below 40 degrees F during placing or within 24 hours thereafter. Do not allow the temperature of plastic concrete to drop below 55 degrees F.

B. Hot Weather Protection: 1. When the mean daily temperature of the atmosphere is 80 degrees F and above, or

during hot and dry weather, do not place the concrete with a placing temperature which causes difficulty from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints 75 degrees F where possible and not more than 90 degrees F in any event. Where climatic conditions cause too rapid drying, make arrangements prior to placing concrete for installation of wind breaks, shading, fog spraying, water sprinkling, ponding or wet covering of a light color. Take such protective measures as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operation allow, and maintain throughout the entire curing period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FORMS A. Form Materials:

1. Steel, wood or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use forms free of distortion and defects. a.

B. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.

2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet.

2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut true to length with

ends square and free of burrs.

2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and

source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I

B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch.



2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94.

2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Water-reducing admixture: ASTM C494

2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182. B. 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.

2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL

A. Pavement Design Mix to produce normal-weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate (3/4 inch maximum size), water-reducing or high-range water reducing admixture, air-entraining admixture and water to produce the following properties:

B. Compressive strength: 4500 psi (minimum) at 28 days.

C. Water-cement ratio: use water-cement ratio of 0.45.

D. Minimum cement content: 564 pounds per cubic yard.

E. Air content: 6.5% plus-or-minus 1.5% per ASTM C173 or ASTM C231.

F. Slump:4 inches maximum , per ASTM C143.

2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Conform to ACI 301 for production of ready-mixed concrete and

concrete produced by on-site volumetric batching and continuous mixing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION A. Examination:

1. Examine the aggregate base course for conformity with indicated cross-section, gradients and elevations. If necessary, trim high areas to proper elevation and fill low areas.

B. Remove any loose material from base course before placing concrete.

3.2 Form Construction

A. Compact the foundation under the forms and cut to grade such that forms are uniformly supported for their entire length and are at the proper elevation.

B. Assemble form work to permit easy stripping and dismantling without any damage to concrete.

C. Check form work for grade and alignment to following tolerances:

D. Top of the form: not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet.

E. Vertical face on longitudinal axis: not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet.

F. Exception: In areas of barrier-free parking and ramps, the maximum allowable slope per ADA requirements shall not be exceeded. Pavement exceeding the allowable slopes will be removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense.



3.3 Reinforcement

A. Clean all reinforcement so that it is free of mud, oil, or other materials that adversely affect or reduce the bond.

B. Support and fasten all reinforcement by suitable chairs or other devices to insure accurate spacing, both horizontally and vertically, and sufficient rigidity to secure against displacement during concrete placing.

C. Unless otherwise indicated, lap reinforcing bar with 30-bar-diameter and not less than 16 inch splices. Splice length for welded wire fabric: in accordance with ACI 318, Section 12.19.

D. Locate reinforcement not less than 2 inches nor more than 4 inches from the edges.

E. Tolerance in concrete cover for formed surfaces: plus-or-minus .25 inch.

3.4 Concrete Placement

A. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301 for placing concrete and as herein specified.

B. Do not place concrete until aggregate base course and forms have been checked for line and grade. Do not place concrete around structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment.

C. Place concrete by methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, and side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices.

D. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints as far as possible. If the placement of concrete is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, provide a construction joint.

E. When adjacent pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained sufficient strength to carry loads without injury.

3.5 Joints A. General:

1. Construct contraction (weakened-plane), and construction joints true to line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated.

2. When joining existing structures, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Contraction Joints (Weakened-Plane): 1. Provide contraction joint (weakened-plane), sectioning concrete into area as shown on

Drawings. Construct weakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete thickness and as follows:

2. Tooled Joints: Form joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a jointer.

3. Sawed Joints: Form joints with powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action.

C. Construction Joints: 1. Place construction joints at end of placement and at location where the placement

operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints.

2. Construct joints as shown, or if not shown, use standard keyway section.



3. Install load transfer-slip dowels, as directed by the engineer, so that one end of each dowel bar is free to move.

3.6 Concrete Finish

A. Striking and Floating: 1. After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating.

Use suitably stiffened float of at least 12 feet in length and not less than 10 inches in width. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Waste excess water or soupy material over side form on each pass.

2. Check and level surface plane to a tolerance not exceeding 0.25 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10 foot straight-edge. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, re-float surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture.

3. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2 inch radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface.

4. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete troweling and finish surface as follows and as approved by the Engineer.

B. Finishing: 1. Horizontal Surfaces of Stairs: Provide medium broom finish perpendicular to the direction

of travel. 2. Vertical Faces of Walls, Foundations, and Stairs: For portions of walls that will be

exposed to view, including 12" beyond those portions of wall which will be buried or hidden by subsequent construction, provide smooth-formed finish. Smooth-formed finish is an as-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.

3. Horizontal (Top) Faces of Walls and Foundations: Provide finely textured exposed aggregate finish or sandblasted texture to match precast concrete plinths.

C. General: 1. Protect and cure finished concrete surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. 2. Use membrane-forming curing compound, ASTM C309 Type II or moist curing using

burlap, AASHTO M182, unless noted. 3. Liquid Membrane: 4. Apply liquid membrane curing compound to cover surface completely and uniformly at a

rate which will achieve the performance requirement specified in AASHTO Specification M148. Apply membrane curing compound immediately behind final finishing operation. Failure to provide complete and uniform coverage at required rate will be cause for rejection of all concrete so affected. Take special care to apply curing compound to pavement and walk edges immediately after forms have been removed.

5. Moisture Curing: 6. Execute moisture curing by covering surface with blankets of wetted burlap. Keep

material saturated and in place for at least 7 days. Apply water in form of spray to avoid damage to fresh concrete. Prevent blankets from being displaced.

7. Continue curing until the cumulative number of hours or fractions thereof during which temperature of the air in contact with the concrete is above 50 degrees F has totaled at least 168 hours. Prevent rapid drying at the end of the curing period.

8. After completion of curing, sweep concrete surfaces clean.

D. Protection



1. During the curing period, protect the concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances; particularly load stresses, heavy shock, and excess vibration. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage caused by construction equipment, materials or methods, and by rain or running water.

2. Exclude traffic from newly constructed pavement until pavement has attained a strength sufficient to carry traffic without being damaged. Seal the joints before any traffic is permitted.

3.7 Field Quality Control

A. Testing: 1. Perform slump measurement according to ASTM C143. 2. Perform air content according to ASTM C231. 3. Perform compressive strength tests according to ASTM C31 and C39. 4. Concrete temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 80 degrees F. and above,

and each time a set of compression test specimens is made. 5. Submit written reports to the Owner for each material sampled and tested. Provide the

project identification name and number, date of report, name of contractor, name of concrete Testing Agency, material manufacturer and brand name for manufactured materials, values specified in the referenced specification for each material and test results. Indicate whether or not material is acceptable for intended use.

6. Make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure as directed by the Engineer. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed.

3.8 CLEANING

A. Remove concrete spilled on the pavement or structures and thoroughly clean the pavement or structures before the concrete sets. Do not wash spilled concrete into sewers or drains. Restore the site of the Work to a neat and sightly appearance, including removal of excess materials, forms and equipment.

END OF SECTION


STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1

SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. 2. Prefabricated building columns. 3. Grout.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."

B. Seismic-Load-Resisting System: Elements of structural-steel frame designated as "SLRS" or along grid lines designated as "SLRS" on Drawings, including columns, beams, and braces and their connections.

C. Heavy Sections: Rolled and built-up sections as follows: 1. Shapes included in ASTM A 6/A 6M with flanges thicker than 1-1/2 inches. 2. Welded built-up members with plates thicker than 2 inches. 3. Column base plates thicker than 2 inches.

D. Protected Zone: Structural members or portions of structural members indicated as "Protected Zone" on Drawings. Connections of structural and nonstructural elements to protected zones are limited.

E. Demand Critical Welds: Those welds, the failure of which would result in significant degradation of the strength and stiffness of the Seismic-Load-Resisting System and which are indicated as "Demand Critical" or "Seismic Critical" on Drawings.


A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Prepare erection drawings, complete with all necessary plans, elevation and sections, to

indicate size and relative position of members. Do not reproduce design drawings for use as erection drawings. Include erection drawings with each submittal indicating marks of all members, assemblies and loose pieces included in the submittal.

2. Indicate on details of all pieces, principal column grid lines where members are located. 3. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 4. Include setting drawings and direction for installation of anchor rods and other

anchorages embedded in concrete. 5. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds,

and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain.



6. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections.

7. Indicate surface preparation as per SSPC and prime painting for each member if specified.

8. Identify members and connections of the seismic-load-resisting system. 9. Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones. 10. Identify demand critical welds. 11. For structural-steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include structural

analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

12. Clearly indicate revisions made on erection drawings and pieces on any re-submittal. 13. Submit complete shop drawings for fabrication of cables and fittings. Show exact

locations, material, sizes and lengths of all cables and fittings. Indicate fabricating and preparation procedures for cables and fittings. Clearly indicate sequence, procedures and method of erection.

C. Calculation Requirements: 1. Submit typical connection calculations as specified. 2. For structural steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include structural

design data and calculations along with Shop Drawings, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

3. For calculations generated by computerized proprietary software, include sufficient design assumptions, input and output information to permit their proper evaluation. Submit a sample problem with manual calculations for each type of connection to illustrate details of computerized calculations, unless waived by the Architect during connection review meeting.

D. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing, including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds.


A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer fabricator.

B. Welding certificates.

C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.

D. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties.

E. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct-tension indicators. 3. Tension-control, high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Welding filler metals and fluxes. 5. Shear stud connectors. 6. Shop primers. 7. Galvanizing.

F. Fastener Certification.



1. Submit to the inspection and testing agency and the Architect certified copes of mill test reports for the bolts, nuts and washers from the manufacturer for each shipping lot, complying with the requirements of ASTM A 325/A 325M or ASTM A 490/A 490M, ASTM A 563/A 563M, ASTM F 436/F 436M and ASTM F 959/F 959M.

2. Submit to inspection and testing agency, a certified statement of compliance that high-strength bolts, nuts and washers furnished under this section meets the specified requirements.

3. Submit to inspection and testing agency, a certified statement of compliance that welding materials furnished under this section meets AWS requirement.

G. Cables and Fittings. 1. Submit copies of test results of breaking strength and tests for modulus of elasticity from

each manufactured length of strand. 2. Submit the results of proof loading on sockets.

H. Forged Steel Structural Hardware. 1. Submit copies of test results of breaking strength for forged steel structural hardware.


A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD.

B. Require fabricator shall maintain an agreement with an independent testing agency to conduct periodic in-plant inspection at the fabricator’s plant, at a frequency that will assure fabricator’s quality conformance equivalent to AISC-Certified Plan, Category STD. Submit certificate from independent testing agency upon request.

C. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category ACSE.

D. Employ a steel erector who has had 5 years of successful experience in erection of structural steel and is able to furnish evidence of erector’s ability, facilities, proficiency of erector’s personnel and completed projects.

E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom-flange, demand-critical welds

shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8. FCAW-S and FCAW-G shall be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification.

F. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC 303.

a. Throughout AISC 303, replace “Structural Design Drawings” with “Design Drawings and other Contract Documents”.

b. Delete paragraph 3.3 – Discrepancies. c. Delete paragraph 4.4 – Approval, and replace with the following:

1) Refer to the Condition of Contract and Section 01330, Submittal Procedures.

2) Review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for accuracy of detail dimensions, fit of parts assembled in shop or field, ability to erect the material, or other Contract requirements.



3) Notation by the Architect made on the Shop Drawings does not authorize changes to the Contract requirements including Contract sum or Contract time.

d. Paragraph 4.6 – The RFI Process: Omit reference to “Revision to the Contract Document”.

e. Delete paragraph 9.3 – Revisions to Contract Documents. f. Paragraph 9.4 – Contract Price Adjustment, replace with the following:

1) Revision to the Contract Documents and Contract Price Adjustment shall be as per the Condition of Contract.

2. AISC 341 and AISC 341s1. 3. AISC 360. 4. AWS D1.1 “Structural Welding Code”, with the exception as listed in AISC 360-05

specification section J2, apply in lieu of AWS provisions and to the following: a. Delete section 5.3.3.4, “Recrushed Slag”

5. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or

overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.

B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes

repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM

F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. 4. Do not store material on structure that might cause distortion, damage or overload to

members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed by the Architect.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.

B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation.


A. Measurements: 1. Make such field measurements as are necessary to lay out the Work properly.

B. Alteration and Connections to existing steel:



1. Make all necessary field measurements for detailing, fabricating and installing reinforcing and new members to be connected to existing steel or reworking existing members. Identify conditions prohibiting installation as indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS

A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. 1. For ASTM A6/A6M hot rolled shape with a flange thickness 50 mm (2 in.), provide steel

with minimum Charpy V-notch (CVN) toughness of 27 J (2- ft.-lb.) at 21º C (70ºF) tested in the alternate core location as per ASTM A6/A6M, Supplementary Requirements S5 and S30.

2. For built-up heavy shapes, provide steel plates with CVN as per AISC 360 and AISC 341.

B. Channels, Angles, S-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M.

C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50.

D. Corrosion-Resisting Structural-Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 588/A 588M, Grade 50.

E. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B or C, structural tubing.

F. Corrosion-Resisting Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 847/A 847M, structural tubing.

G. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Weight Class: Standard. 2. Finish: Galvanized.

H. Cables: ASTM A 586, Class A coating, pre-stretched under tension of not more than 55 percent of listed breaking strength.

I. Cable Fittings (sockets): forged steel, normalized, ASTM A 668/A 668M, Class C forged without welds.

J. Steel Castings: ASTM A 216/A 216M, Grade WCB with supplementary requirement S11.

K. Steel Forgings: ASTM A 668/A 668M.

L. Welding Filler Materials, Fluxes and Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.

M. Rails for Top-Running Crane. 1. Rail weight up to 50 kg per meter (100 pounds per yard): ASTM A 1 heat treated. 2. Rail weight 52 to 87 kg per meter (104 to 175 pounds per yard): ASTM A 759

heat-treated.

2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS

A. Carbon Steel Bolts: ASTM A 307.



B. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish. 1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible-washer type with plain

finish.

C. Zinc-Coated High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade DH heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating. 2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible-washer type with

mechanically deposited zinc coating, baked epoxy-coated finish.

D. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavy-hex] [head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating.

E. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type B.

F. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36/ 1. Configuration: Straight. 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. 3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 4. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 5. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C.

G. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, straight. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C.

H. Clevises: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1035.

I. Eye Bolts and Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1030.

J. Sleeve Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1018.

K. Elastomeric Bearings: Prefabricated unreinforced pads (consisting of elastomer only) or reinforced bearings with steel or fabric laminate materials to suit the design loads: Division II, Section 18.2 of AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges.

L. Pins and Rollers. 1. 100 mm (4 inch) diameter or less: ASTM A 108, Grade 1016 to 1030; minimum yield

strength: 248 MPa (36 ksi). 2. 100 to 500 mm (4 to 20 inch) diameter: ASTM A 668/A 668M, Class D; minimum yield

strength: 259 MPa (37.5 ksi).



2.3 PRIMER

A. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

B. Primer: Comply with Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting."

C. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25, Type I Type II, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.

D. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25 BCS, Type I Type II, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.

E. Primer: SSPC-Paint 23, latex primer.

F. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.

G. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.

2.4 GROUT

A. Metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, metallic aggregate grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.

B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360. 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. All provisions of AWS D1.1 apply to welds. 4. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain

markings until structural steel has been erected. 5. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 6. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting

shop-priming operations.

B. Shop Welding: Perform welding in accordance with approved welding procedures and AWS D1.1, except as modified in Section J2 of AISC 360-05. 1. Enforce and supervise approved procedure for welding during fabrication of structural

steel by employing experienced supervisors knowledgeable of good welding practices. 2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by method that will maintain true alignment of axes

without exceeding tolerance of AISC 303-05. 3. Remove backing bars or run off tabs, back gouge, and grind smooth as per AWS D1.1

requirements.

C. High Strength Steel Bolting. 1. Joints subjected to fatigue load with reversal of loading direction. 2. Joints installed in oversized holes.



3. Joints that utilize slotted hole except those with applied load normal to long dimension of the slot.

4. Joints in which slip at the faying surface would be detrimental to the performance of the structure.

5. Joints in which fastener pretension is required in the governing code or specification. 6. Joints subjected to load reversal. 7. Joints subjected to fatigue load with no reversal of loading. 8. Joints with ASTM A325 or F1852 bolts subjected to tensile fatigue. Joints with ASTM (5)

A490 bolts that are subjected to tension, or combined shear and tension, with or without fatigue. a. ST joints are permitted for all other application and should be used whenever

possible. b. Mixing of A325 and A490 bolts of same diameter should be avoided to assure that

bolts are installed in proper locations. c. Do not use A490 bolts larger than one inch diameter in SC joint as torque required

to install these is beyond the commonly available wrenches. d. Coordinate and indicate on drawing joint types.

9. Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC’s “Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts” for type of bolts and type of joint as indicated. a. Snug tightened joints (ST): Bearing type connections based on allowable

stresses with threads included in shear plane (Type N). Faying surfaces and surfaces adjacent to bolt heads and nuts shall be free of dirt and other foreign material.

b. Pretensioned joints (PT): Provide PT joints as indicated. Use turn-of Nut (nut rotation from snug-tight condition), calibrated wrench pretensioning, Tension-Control (twist-off) bolt assembly conforming to ASTM F1852, or Direct-Tension Indicator conforming to ASTM F959 as pretensioning method Faying surfaces adjacent to bolt heads and nuts shall be free of dirt and other foreign material.

c. Slip-Critical Joints (SC): Provide SC joints as indicated using direct tension indicator conforming to ASTM F959 or Tension-Control (twist-off) bolt assembly conforming to ASTM F1852 and installed according to Section 8 of RSSC. Faying surfaces shall be free of burr, blast cleaned [to comply with RCSC Class B] [and coated with a coating in accordance with the requirement of RCSC meeting Class B] requirement.

D. Anchor Rods (Bolts). 1. Furnish anchor rods (bolts) as indicated to be embedded in concrete, including nuts and

washers. Detail anchor rods (bolts) such that the minimum projection above the nut, after the column is in place, is 25 mm (one inch).

E. Beams. 1. Provide one-piece beams without splice(s), unless otherwise indicated. Where splices

are permitted, splice connections shall develop the strength of the beam.

F. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS

D1.1/D1.1M.

G. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces.

H. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads.

I. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning."



J. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions.

K. Steel Wall-Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall-opening framing to be attached to structural steel. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing.

L. Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.

M. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel framing members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes

or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to

steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work.

N. Hollow Structural Steel and Other Closed End Members. 1. Provide hollow structural steel and other closed end members with cap plates with

watertight welds at the ends and with weep holes where indicated.

O. Trusses and Sway Frames. 1. Fabricate trusses as all-welded construction with connections designed in accordance

with loads and stresses indicated but in no case less than the requirements of AISC specifications and the following: a. Neutral axes of members: intersect at joints. b. Top and bottom chord of trusses: one piece and without splices unless otherwise

indicated. c. Splice connections: meet the approval of the Architect. No holes drilled in a tension

member of a truss. d. Camber: 3 mm per 3 meters (1/8 inch per 10 feet) of span, unless otherwise

indicated. 2. Construct sway frames as outlined for trusses. 3. Bracing.

a. Provide diagonal bracing, ties and struts as indicated. Design diagonal bracing in the plane of the truss top chord to be welded or clamped to the bottom flange of the purlins. Support bottom chord horizontal bracing members over 6 meters (20 feet) long at approximately mid span by means of 13-mm-diameter (1/2-inch-diameter) rod hangers to purlins above. Detail ties and bracings for draw.

4. Purlins. a. Provide purlins as indicated. Purlins resting on top of trusses or beams may be

connected to trusses or beams by means of two 19-mm-diameter (3/4-inch-diameter) machine bolts. Use high strength bolts at all purlin connections which form a part of the bracing system. Provide two- or three-span continuous purlins, with splices staggered on alternate trusses. Provide splice plate at web of purlins with two 19-mm-diameter (3/4-inch-diameter) machine bolts in each purlin, unless otherwise indicated.

P. Crane Girders.



1. Maximum horizontal sweep in crane runway girders: 6 mm per 15-meter (1/4 inch per 50'-0") length of girder spans. Maximum camber: plus 6 mm per 15-meter (1/4 inch per 50'-0") girder span over that indicated on the Drawings. Provide flanges of girders for a distance of 450 mm (18 inches) from the ends of the girders free from curvature and normal to girder webs. Align and provide shims at crane girder support to level top of adjacent crane girders.

Q. Rails for Top-Running Crane. 1. Provide crane rails in standard mill length, except at the end of runways in order to

stagger joints. Provide minimum rail length of 3 meters (10 feet). 2. Mill or grind ends of the crane rails with no clearance, butted and spliced with joint bars

and joint bar bolts conforming to ASTM A449 in reamed holes. Provide a draw fit to insure a tight, smooth joint.

3. Arrange rails so that the joints on opposite sides of crane runway are staggered and rail joints do not occur at crane girder splices.

4. Rail fastening to crane girder: fixed type by Gantrex Corporation. For 20 to 30 kg/m (40 to 60 lb./yd.) crane rail, use rail clip Weldlok 15 with resilient nose. For 42 kg/m (85 lb./yd.) and above, use rail clip Weldlok 43 with resilient nose. Determine clip spacing by the side thrust per wheel, not exceeding 800 mm (32 inches). Install clips in accordance with manufacturer's written requirement.

5. Gage, elevation and alignment of crane rails: accurate to a tolerance of plus or minus 3 mm (1/8 inch).

R. Pins and Rollers. 1. Provide pins and rollers of indicated size which are straight, smooth and free from flaws.

Provide pins in length to extend minimum of 6 mm (1/4 inch) beyond the outside faces of the connected parts.

S. Cable Fittings. 1. Attach sockets to cable using prime western, high grade or high purity zinc complying

with ASTM B6. Maximum service temperature for zinc fitting: 204 degrees C (400 degrees F.)

2. Attach cable to socket to insure that socket will be stronger than cable. Maximum slip of cable not more than 1/6 of nominal cable diameter when stressed to 80 percent of listed breaking strength.

T. Connections for Other Work. 1. Notify other trades so that holes in structural steel can be provided for attachments where

required. Provide necessary holes if information is received prior to fabrication. 2. Make provisions in structural steel for the following:

a. Future expansion where shown. b. Connections to existing building where required.

3. Unless otherwise indicated, holes for attachment of wood blocking: 13 mm (1/2 inch) diameter at 600-mm (24-inch) spacing.

2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS

A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened Pretensioned Slip critical.

B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work.



1. Enforce and supervise approved procedure for welding during fabrication of structural steel by employing experienced supervisors knowledgeable of good welding practices.

2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material.

3. Remove backing bars or run off tabs, back gouge and grind smooth as per AWS D1.1 requirements.

2.7 GALVANIZING

A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. 1. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work unless they will function

as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2. Galvanize welded door frames attached to structural-steel frame and located in exterior

walls. 3. Safeguard against warpage and distortion during galvanizing in accordance with ASTM

A384. 4. Where welding is required after galvanizing, conform to AWS D19.0 – Welding of Zinc

Coated Steel. Perform welding in well-ventilated area. 5. On bolts, nuts, and washers: ASTM B695, Class 50. 6. Galvanizing Repair paint: ASTM A780.

2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being

fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections.

B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents.

C. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

D. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished

weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.

E. In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous

360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear

connectors already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M.



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. 1. Prepare a certified survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other

embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. 2. Detail the structural steel with a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) of anchor rod (bolt) thread

projecting above the nuts and the base plate hole 1-1/3 times the rod (bolt) diameter. Based on these procedures, the foundations shall be found acceptable if erection can be accomplished within AISC 303-05 tolerances for plumbness and elevation, and with minimum-maximum grout thickness of 1/2 to 2 inches (13 to 50 mm).

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated.

B. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.

C. Design and provide temporary supports, such as guys, bracing, falsework, cribbing or other elements required for steel framework erection, including partly assembled steel framing in consideration of noted interaction items. Design temporary supports to withstand all loads to which the structure may be subjected during erection and subsequent construction, including erection equipment.

D. Furnish and place all temporary bracing necessary for erection before bolting or welding. Only light drifting will be permitted to draw parts together. Drifting to match unaligned holes will not be permitted. Perform enlargement of holes necessary to make connections resulting from misfit by drilling and reaming; then use the proper size bolt.

3.3 ERECTION

A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360.

B. Comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1926, and all state, city and municipal laws for steel erection.

C. Foundation and anchor rods (bolts) are designed for the forces of completed structure. Forces due to erection are the responsibility of the Contractor.

D. Start steel erection only after concrete in the supporting structure such as footings, piers and walls or mortar in masonry piers and walls has attained minimum 75 percent of intended strength or sufficient strength to support the loads imposed during steel erection.

E. In planning the method of erection, make full allowance for obstructions encountered which may result from work performed by other trades as well as the operations of the Owner.



F. In planning the method of plumbing the structure, make allowance for temperature difference between time of erection and mean operating temperature of structure when completed. Take into account differential temperature effects on column lengths in plumbing when tall frames are subjected to strong sun exposure on one side.

G. Furnish and deliver to the job site anchor rods (bolts), and templates for setting the anchor rods (bolts). 1. Lateral-load-resisting system and connecting diaphragm that provides lateral strength

and stability in completed structure. 2. Any special erection considerations that are required by design such as shores, jacks or

load that must be adjusted during erection, etc.

H. All lateral load resistance and stability of the completed structure in each orthogonal direction is provided by braced frames and connection diaphragm elements of beams.

I. Base Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed.

Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout.

4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.

J. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."

K. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean

temperature when structure is completed and in service.

L. Splice members only where indicated.

M. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Architect. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

N. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.

O. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions.

P. Elastomeric Bearings: Install elastomeric bearing per Division II, Section 18 of AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges and manufacturer's recommendations.

Q. Slide Bearings: Install slide bearing per Division II, Section 18 of AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges and manufacturer's recommendations.



R. Cables: Avoid damage to cables and their coating during erection. Do not drag over or around any objects that will scrub, abrade or distort the wires, thereby damaging protective coating or cable assemblies. 1. Do not bend or kink cables during erection. 2. Follow the recommendations of the cable and fitting manufacturers, when permanent

fittings are attached to cables in the field.

S. Rails for Top-Running Crane: Align the crane rail on one side of a craneway with surveyor's instrument. Gauge the opposite rail from the first side at every 3-meter (10-foot) intervals for the full length of the runway, making suitable adjustments at these intervals, including all necessary readjustments when checked for backsight and foresight readings, such that final tolerance from true line and level do not exceed 3 mm (1/8 inch).

T. Pins and Rollers: Install pins and rollers per Section 11.4.9 of the AASHTO reference, Division II - Construction. Secure pins in position by hexagonal recessed nuts.

3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS

A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened Pretensioned Slip critical. 2. Provide a minimum of two (2) rows of bolts for beam connections. Begin connection near

top of the web and extend them down to at least one half (1/2) of distance between web toes of fillet at top and bottom of web.

3. Provide truss connections to column with symmetrical double angles and bolts designed for eccentricity and prying action. Provide minimum of six (6) high strength bolts for truss to truss or truss to column connection.

4. ASTM A 307 bolts may be used for secondary members such as girts, door frames, parapet frames, small roof openings (less than 600 mm (2’-0” square) and sag rods.

B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary

connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Field welding will be permitted only where indicated on approved Shop Drawings or

where otherwise approved by the Architect. Perform field welding in accordance with the approved welding procedures and AWS D1.1 except as modified in Section J2 of AISC 360-05.

3. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs where indicated, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.

4. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material.

5. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge and grind smooth as per AWS D1.1 requirements.

3.5 PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS

A. Install prefabricated building columns to comply with AISC 360, manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements of testing and inspecting agency that apply to the fire-resistance rating indicated.



3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds high-strength bolted connections.

B. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested and inspected according to AWS

D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on

finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.

c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.

D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: 1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360-degree

flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Conduct tests on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors

already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents.

3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.

B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool

cleaning.

END OF SECTION



BAR GRATINGS 055313 - 1

SECTION 055313 - BAR GRATINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes metal bar gratings.


A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Clips and anchorage devices for gratings.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Include locations of clips and other attachment devices.

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For gratings, including comprehensive engineering analysis signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.


A. Provide the following upon request: 1. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless steel certifying that products

furnished comply with requirements. 2. Welding certificates. 3. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop

primers certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.


A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with gratings by field measurements before fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following or a comparable product: 1. Ohio Gratings, Inc.


A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design gratings.

B. Structural Performance: Gratings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?ulid=1541&mf=04&mf=95&src=wd&mf=&src=wd

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?uid=123456894092&mf=&src=wd




1. Bridge Deck: Uniform load of 100 lbf/sq. ft. or concentrated load of 350 lbf, whichever produces the greater stress.

2. Limit deflection to L/360 or 1/4 inch, whichever is less.

2.3 METAL BAR GRATINGS

A. Metal Bar Grating Standards: Comply with NAAMM MBG 531, "Metal Bar Grating ManualNAAMM MBG 532, "Heavy-Duty Metal Bar Grating Manual."

B. Pressure-Locked Steel Grating: Fabricated by swaging crossbars between bearing bars. 1. Bearing Bar Spacing: 11/16” o.c. 2. Bearing Bar Depth: 1.5” 3. Bearing Bar Thickness: 3/16” 4. Crossbar Spacing: 4 o.c. 5. Traffic Surface: Ohio Grating OnGrip Spray Traction Surface or equivalent. 6. Steel Finish: Galvanized

2.4 FERROUS METALS

A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

B. Steel Bars for Bar Gratings: ASTM A 36/A 36M or steel strip, ASTM A 1011/A 1011M or ASTM A 1018/A 1018M.

C. Wire Rod for Bar Grating Crossbars: ASTM A 510.

D. Uncoated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, structural steel, Grade 30.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Shop Assembly: Fabricate grating sections in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Cut, drill, and punch material cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Form from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed to support indicated loads.

D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.

E. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion

resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately.

F. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space the anchoring devices to secure gratings, frames, and supports rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.




G. Removable Grating Sections: Fabricate with banding bars attached by welding to entire perimeter of each section. Include anchors and fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by manufacturer for attaching to supports. 1. Provide no fewer than four weld lugs for each heavy-duty grating section, with each lug

shop welded to two bearing bars. 2. Furnish threaded bolts with nuts and washers for securing grating to supports. 3. Furnish self-drilling fasteners with washers for securing grating to supports.

H. Fabricate cutouts in grating sections for penetrations indicated. Arrange cutouts to permit grating removal without disturbing items penetrating gratings. 1. Edge-band openings in grating that interrupt four or more bearing bars with bars of same

size and material as bearing bars.

I. Do not notch bearing bars at supports to maintain elevation.

2.6 STEEL FINISHES

A. Finish gratings, frames, and supports after assembly.

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing gratings to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. Lay out fasteners in a regular and orderly pattern.

B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing gratings. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.

C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete or masonry.

D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. 1. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded

because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

E. Field Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion

resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately.

3.2 INSTALLING METAL BAR GRATINGS

A. General: Install gratings to comply with recommendations of referenced metal bar grating standards that apply to grating types and bar sizes indicated, including installation clearances and standard anchoring details.




B. Attach removable units to supporting members with type and size of clips and fasteners indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by grating manufacturer for type of installation conditions shown.

C. Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding where both materials are same; otherwise, fasten by bolting as indicated above.

END OF SECTION


METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 1

SECTION 057300 - METAL RAILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Galvanized Steel Handrails. 2. Galvanized Steel Guardrails. 3. Weathering Steel Guardrails.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. Coordinate the locations of these items with layout of concrete rebar.

B. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International, as referenced herein as ASTM.

B. United States defense standard, as referenced herein as MIL.

C. American Welding Society, as referenced herein as AWS.


A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Bar, angle, plate, sheet, perforated sheet, and tube steel. 2. Fasteners. 3. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Indicate weld types and weld quality. Indicate all finishes. Field measure existing conditions and adjacent construction prior to developing Shop Drawings. Measure changes in level where guardrail posts attach to existing dock structure to ensure level guardrail installation and prevent excessive shimming of post mounting plates.

C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required.

D. Mock-Up: Provide 1 fully-fabricated Mock-Up panel for each type of handrail and guardrail indicated. Mock-Up panels to include all railing components, mounting plates, and hardware for each respective panel type. Mock-Ups to be representative of specified weld quality. Once approved by Engineer, Mock-Up may be installed and incorporated into the finished work. Coordinate Mock-Up fabrication and review with construction sequencing; do not fabricate railings until Mock-Ups are approved.


A. Delegated-Design Submittal: For railings, including comprehensive engineering analysis, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.




A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel."

B. Provide the following upon request: 1. Qualification Data: For testing agency. 2. Welding certificates. 3. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of steel products certifying that products

furnished comply with requirements.


A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.


A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, stairs, walks, existing dock structure, and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design railings, including attachment to building construction.

B. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:

1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.

2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft.

(0.093 sq. m). 3. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 4. In addition to meeting code-required structural performance criteria, guardrails must be

engineered to withstand the following: a. Wave pressure of 660 lbs per linear foot

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material

surfaces.

2.2 METALS, GENERAL

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes.

2.3 STEEL

A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: If required due to funding sources, provided steel with pre- and postconsumer recycled content as specified by funding agency.

B. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed).



C. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F or Type S, Grade A, Standard Weight (Schedule 40), unless another grade and weight are required by structural loads.

Delete subparagraph below if railings are galvanized after fabrication or if not using galvanized railings.Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

2.4 WEATHERING STEEL

A. Plates, shapes, and bars: ASTM 588.

B. Perforated sheet: ASTM 588.

2.5 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide the following: Hot-dip zinc-coated steel fasteners complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 for zinc coating.

2. Size and type as indicated in Drawings.

B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to New or Existing Concrete Structures: Adhesive-anchored galvanized all-thread anchor rod as detailed.5

C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components: Tamper-resistant galvanized bolts, nuts, and washers as detailed.

1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated.

Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for railings indicated.

Provide tamper-resistant fasteners unless otherwise indicated.

D. Post-Installed Anchors: Chemical anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.

Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25.

C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

2.7 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads and meet building code requirements.

B. Shop assemble railings to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.



D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.

E. Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner that excludes water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

G. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated.

H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness

shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. 5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint

Finish Standards" for Type 1 welds: no evidence of a welded joint.

I. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints.

J. Form Changes in Direction as Follows: 1. As detailed.

K. For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components.

L. Close exposed ends of railing members with welded end caps profiled to match railing member being closed.

M. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated.

N. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure.

O. Perforated-Metal Infill Panels at Weathering Steel Guardrail: Fabricate infill panels from perforated metal made from weathering steel. Provide perforation pattern as indicated in Drawings. Coordinate required pattern modifications with Engineer.

2.8 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanized Steel Railings: 1. Hot-dip galvanize steel handrail and guardrail components after fabrication. 2. Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for hot-dip galvanized railings. 3. Comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware. Provide vent holes at the underside of handrails to remain as weeps. Locate vent holes in

Shop Drawings.

B. Weathering Steel Railings: 1. Protective natural rust patina resulting from natural weathering.

C. For all railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components.



PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location,

alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished

after fabrication which are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting.

2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m). 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members, and variations from parallel

with rake of steps, ramps, and sloping walks for sloping members, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (6 mm in 3.5 m).

B. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. Indicate insulating materials in Shop Drawings.

C. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction and Existing Dock Structure: Use anchorage devices, fasteners, and shims where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction.

3.2 RAILING CONNECTIONS

A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing components. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of railings. Provide tamper-proof mechanical connections.

B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field.

3.3 ANCHORING POSTS

A. Anchor posts to concrete and steel surfaces as detailed.

3.4 ATTACHING RAILINGS

A. Attach railings to existing dock structure by shimming to level as necessary. Field measure existing dock structure prior to fabrication to inform post dimensions and prevent excessive shimming.

3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Galvanized steel surfaces: Clean bolted connections and abraded areas; remove dirt, grease, and other foreign material; repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.

B. Weathering steel surfaces: Clean bolted connections and abraded areas; remove dirt, grease, and other foreign material.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION


HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 061323 - 1

SECTION 061323 - HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes timbers used for seating plinths and benches.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Timbers: Lumber of 5 inches nominal or greater in least dimension. B. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:

1. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.


A. Materials List: Indicate timber dimensions, quantities, species, grade, surface finish. . 1.

B. Shop Drawings: Show dimensions of each member, edge treatments (rounded, chamfered, as-milled), surface finish, and layout of holes for fasteners and connectors.


A. Timber Standard: Comply with AITC 108, "Standard for Heavy Timber Construction." B. Provide the following upon request:

1. Certificates of Inspection: Issued by lumber grading agency for exposed timber not marked with grade stamp.


A. Schedule delivery of heavy timber construction to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying the Work.

B. Store materials under cover and protected from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TIMBER

A. General: Comply with DOC PS 20 and with grading rules of lumber grading agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review as applicable. 1. Factory mark each item of timber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed timber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, apply grade stamps to

surfaces that will not be exposed to view, or omit grade stamps and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency.

B. Allowable Timber Species and Grade: Black Locust, Port Orford Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Western Red Cedar, or as approved by Engineer. No. 1 Grade kiln-dried, select tight knot, box heart.

C. Dressing: Provide dressed timber (S4S) unless otherwise indicated. D. Dimensions: As indicated in Drawings.


HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 061323 - 2

2.2 TIMBER CONNECTORS

A. General: As indicated in Drawings.

2.3 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate members by cutting and restoring exposed surfaces to match specified

surfacing. Finish exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing marks, and to provide a finish equivalent to that produced by machine sanding with No. 120 grit sandpaper.

B. Predrill for fasteners and assembly of units.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install timbers true and plumb. Provide temporary bracing to maintain lines, levels, and consistently-spaced joints until permanent supporting members are in place. 1. Install timbers to comply with Shop Drawings for timber and Shop Drawings for plinth and

bench brackets. 2. Provide continuous members for each bench or plinth member indicated.

B. Cutting: Avoid extra cutting after fabrication. Where field fitting is unavoidable, comply with requirements for shop fabrication.

C. Install timber connectors as indicated. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, install bolts with same orientation within each connection and

in similar connections. 2. Install bolts with orientation as indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

3.2 ADJUSTING

A. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing installation. Replace damaged timbers if repairs are not approved by Architect.

END OF SECTION


EARTH MOVING 312000 - 1

SECTION 312000 - EARTH MOVING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating and preparing subgrades for walls, foundations and footings, precast concrete block

and barrier foundations and edges, and walks.

1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.

B. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water.

C. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.

D. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface.

E. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials.


A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth-moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without

permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities

having jurisdiction.

B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing earth moving indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Architect.

C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before beginning earth-moving operations.

D. Do not commence earth-moving operations until plant-protection measures specified in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" are in place.

E. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated.

F. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones.

G. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL MATERIALS

A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations.



B. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7 according to AASHTO M 145, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum

moisture content at time of compaction.

C. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 294/D 2940M 0; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

D. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940/D 2940M; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

E. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940/D 2940M; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

F. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone or gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and zero to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve.

G. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and zero to 5 percent passing a No. 4 sieve.

H. Sand: ASTM C 33/C 33M; fine aggregate.

I. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth-moving operations.

B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth-moving operations.

C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials.

3.2 DEWATERING

A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.

B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in

excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches.

3.3 SUBGRADE INSPECTION

A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade.

B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed.

C. Proof-roll subgrade with a pneumatic-tired and loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. 1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined

by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed.

D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for unit prices.



E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.

3.4 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION

A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect.

3.5 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS

A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining

trees.

3.6 SOIL FILL

A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.

B. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

3.7 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL

A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds

optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.

3.8 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS

A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.

B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations and uniformly along the full length of each structure.

C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to [ASTM D 698] [ASTM D 1557]: 1. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact

each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 2. Under foundation compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.

3.9 GRADING

A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances.

3.10 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE

A. Subdrainage Pipe: Specified in Section 334600 "Subdrainage."

3.11 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS

A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course under pavements and walks as follows: 1. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 2. Place subbase course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 3. Place subbase course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness,

with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick.



4. Compact subbase course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to [ASTM D 698] [ASTM D 1557].

3.12 PROTECTION

A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and

recompact.

C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and

eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.

END OF SECTION


COMMON SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 320413 - 1

SECTION 320413 - COMMON SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following: 1. Supplementary administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop

Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals specific to the work of this Division.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 submittal requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Contractor: Refers to an entity in direct Contract with the Owner to furnish and/or perform any portion of the Work of the Contract, including but not limited to a Construction Manager. 1. Contractor shall review and approve Product Submittals prior to forwarding them to the

Architect.

B. Product Submittals: In general, Product Submittals show characteristics of the proposed construction in one of the following forms: 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Product Data. 3. Samples.

C. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's [and Construction Manager's] responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."

D. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's [and Construction Manager's] responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."

E. Submittal Review Sheet: Specific form required to accompany each submittal. Obtain Submittal Review Sheet from the SmithGroupJJR Project Manager.



B. Avoidable Resubmittals: The first two reviews of each specified submittal will be processed without cost to the Contractor. After the second review, the Owner may charge the Contractor for the cost of such additional processing, unless the processing results from approved Change Orders causing revisions to previously approved submittals.

C. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,


partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.



3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. [Architect][ and Construction Manager] reserve the right to withhold action on a

submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

D. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on [Architect's] [Construction Manager's] receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 business days for initial review of each submittal. Allow



3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 10 business days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants,


E. Maintain at the Project Site ready access to the latest reviewed Shop Drawings and Product Data, and one set of samples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Combine with Submittal Review Sheet before submitting to Architect [and Construction Manager]. 1. Submittal Compliance Form: Allowed in lieu of some product data and sample

submittals. See individual specification sections for specific allowable use. By submitting the form, the Contractor certifies that all products specified in the Section are being submitted exactly as indicated, including all options and features indicated, with no substitutions or comparable products. Where a Basis-of-Design manufacturer/product is indicated, along with a list of other manufacturers, the Contractor certifies that only the Basis-of-Design manufacturer/product will be provided and not any other listed manufacturers/products. Where a single manufacturer/product is indicated, even if specified as "available manufacturer" or manufacturer "included but not limited to the following", Contractor certifies that only the indicated single manufacturer/product will be provided. a. Obtain a copy of the Submittal Compliance Form from the Architect, fill in the

information required and include as a line item on the Submittal Cover Sheet for each applicable Submittal.

b. Upon receipt, the Architect will complete the form in the space below "Architect Action" and indicate the Action on the Submittal Cover Sheet.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Division 01.



C. Be responsible for quantities, weights, and dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the site; for information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes and to the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction; and for coordination of the work of every trade, supplier, and subcontractor.

D. Be responsible for each submittal to be in conformance with information given and the design intent expressed in the Contract Documents.

E. Provide with each submittal specific written notice of any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents by causing a specific notation to be made on the Submittal Review Sheet and Submittal Transmittal.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not include the Submittal Review Sheet. B. Action Submittals: Architect's staff and consultants will review the submittal and mark the







c. Code AN - Approved as Noted: The Work covered by the submittal item may proceed, provided it complies with the Architect's notations and Contract Document requirements.

d. Code AN-R - Approved as Noted - Resubmit: Do not deliver or install the related work until the resubmittal has received Code AP or AN. However, fabrication and other off-site work covered by the submittal item may proceed, at the Contractor's risk, provided it complies with the Architect's notations and Contract Document requirements.


including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and other activity, shall not proceed. Revise the submittal item or prepare a new item in accordance with the Architect's notations. Resubmit the corrected or new item without delay; do not permit submittal items marked "Not Approved" to be used. Work incorporating such items will be rejected.


called for by the Contract Documents and is being returned unreviewed by the Architect except to the extent necessary to determine its status.

F. Informational Submittals: For Architect's information only. Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect and Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party. 1. Action Code for Information Only:



a. Action Code INF - Information Only - Received: The submittal item is not called for a return with a reviewed action code by the Contract Documents and is being returned un-reviewed by the Architect except to the extent necessary to determine its status.

G. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.


I. Architect and Construction Manager will [return without review or discard submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.

J. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.


A. Submittal Transmittal shall be a PDF file in electronic format. It is recommended, to expedite the submittal review, the electronic form be emailed for review to the Architect as early as possible. 1. Submittal Numbering: See below. 2. Contact Information: Full Name, Phone Number and Email Address.



section into two or more submittals to meet schedule or handling requirements, the separate submittals are partial submittals. All partial submittals have the same submittal number and are differentiated by sequential P-numbers (see below).





c. P-Number for Partial Submittals: Number each partial submittal in the pee space, beginning with P1, and increasing by one for each partial submittal of that submittal. If the submittal is a complete submittal, leave the P space blank.

d. R-Number for Re-submittals: Number each re-submittal in the R space, beginning with R1, and increasing by one for each re-submittal of that submittal. Do not include an R-Number for the initial submittal.

e. Examples: 1) Initial Complete Submittal: 044200-01. First Re-Submittal:

044200-01-R1. 2) Initial Partial Submittal: 044200-01-P1. Second Partial Submittal:

0044200-01-P2. First Re-submittal of Second Partial Submittal: 044200-R1-P2.




A. Provide Submittal Review Sheet in PDF format. Submit as the page after the Submittal Transmittal.

B. When attached, the Submittal Review Sheet shall not obscure information contained in the submittal.

C. Do not edit any of the information contained within the Submittal Review Sheet except as follows: 1. Submittal Number: See Submittal Numbering in Submittal Transmittal Requirements

paragraph.

D. The Contractor shall submit the PDF file in a manner that will allow editing of the Submittal Review Sheet fields by SmithGroupJJR and its consultants.

END OF SECTION


CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 1

SECTION 321313 - CONCRETE PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL


Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Walks.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" . 2. Section 321373 "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" .

1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended

hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, and ground granulated blast-furnace slag.


A. Other Action Submittals: 1. Design Mixtures: For each concrete paving mixture. Include alternate design mixtures

when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.


A. Qualification Data: For qualified ready-mix concrete manufacturer .

B. Material Certificates: For the following, from manufacturer: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Curing compounds.

C. Material Test Reports: For each of the following: 1. Aggregates.


A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing

Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program.

C. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.

D. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated.


A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FORMS

A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces. 1. Use flexible or uniformly curved forms for curves with a radius of 100 feet or less. 2. Provide full-depth form at 12" thick, exposed edge of walk as detailed.

B. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.

2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. B. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 plain-steel bars; zinc coated (galvanized)

after fabrication according to ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class I coating. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs.

C. Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780.

2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, gray portland cement Type I/II

B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 4S, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.

C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M. D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

2.4 CURING MATERIALS

A. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. B. Water: Potable.

C. White, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B, dissipating.

2.5 CONCRETE MIXTURES

A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed

concrete design mixtures for the trial batch method. 2. When automatic machine placement is used, determine design mixtures and obtain

laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements.

B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4500 psi. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.



C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows: 1. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate

size.

2.6 CONCRETE MIXING

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from

1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1. For concrete batches of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but

not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released.

2. For concrete batches larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd..

3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixing time, quantity, and amount of water added.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements for

dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.

3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required

lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.

B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage.

3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.

B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during

concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D. Install welded wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at

least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.



E. Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities, or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a minimum 2-inch overlap of adjacent mats.

3.5 JOINTS

A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints as indicated in Drawings.

B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless paving terminates at isolation joints. 1. Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do

not continue reinforcement through sides of paving strips unless otherwise indicated. 2. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated.

Lubricate or coat with asphalt one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.

C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed closed cell foam joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. During concrete placement, protect top edge of joint filler with temporary preformed cap.

Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint.

D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness. 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing

each edge of joint with grooving tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate grooving-tool marks on concrete surfaces.

2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contraction cracks. a. Tolerance: Ensure that sawed joints are within 3 inches either way from centers

of dowels.

E. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate edging-tool marks on concrete surfaces.

3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast-in.

B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and steel reinforcement before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.

C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment.

D. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push

or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.



F. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. 1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an

internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement and joint devices.

G. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off. H. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open-textured and uniform

surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments.

I. Cold-Weather Placement: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing, or low temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 and the following: 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat

water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.

2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or

chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design mixtures.

J. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot-weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time

of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.

2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.

3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.

3.7 FLOAT FINISHING

A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared

and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 1. Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating

float-finished concrete surface 1/16 to 1/8 inch deep with a stiff-bristled broom, perpendicular to line of traffic.

3.8 SPECIAL FINISHES

A. Smooth-Formed Finish: For exposed vertical edge of walk that will be exposed to view, provide smooth-formed finish. Smooth-formed finish is an as-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.:

3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING

A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.



B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete

surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound as follows:

1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas that have been subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during curing period.

3.10 PAVING TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows:

1. Elevation: 3/4 inch. 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. 3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch. 4. Joint Spacing: 3 inches. 5. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 6. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus.


A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM

C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 5000 sq. ft. or

fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests

for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.

2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.

3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.

4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when it is 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample.

5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.

6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one specimen at seven days and two specimens at 28 days. a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two

specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days.

C. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.

D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.



E. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.

F. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect.

G. Concrete paving will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. H. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine

compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. I. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.12 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not

comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect.

B. Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory paving areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive.

C. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.

D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.

END OF SECTION


SOIL PREPARATION (TOPSOIL) 329100 - 1

SECTION 329100 - SOIL PREPARATION (TOPSOIL)

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section specifies all soil materials designated as "Topsoil" on the drawings or in the specifications. Supply topsoil for landscape work (seeding and planting) from ,off-site sources .

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International, as referenced herein as ASTM. B. US Department of Agriculture (USDA) Handbook No. 60 – Diagnosis and Improvement of

Saline and Alkali Soils.


A. Source Quality Control: 1. Material Test Reports: Conduct Topsoil testing for imported topsoil from off-site sources. 2. Sample: Provide 1 quart samples for each topsoil test unit (including source). 3. Conduct all topsoil sampling and testing prior to delivery from off-site sources.


A. Field Quality Control: 1. Obtain samples, test materials and submit field test reports as described under Articles

2.1 and 3.1 below.


A. Qualifications: 1. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: The contractor shall engage an independent

laboratory or university laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Topsoil: 1. Topsoil for landscape work shall be a fertile, friable, sandy loam or loam surface soil

without admixture of subsoil screened to be free of stones, stumps, root, trash, debris, and other materials deleterious to plant growth.

2. Particle Size Distribution of Topsoil:

Sieve Designation Percent Passing 1 inch screen 100 1/4 inch screen 97 - 100 No. 10 U.S.S. mesh sieve

95 - 100

No. 140 U.S.S. 15 – 35


SOIL PREPARATION (TOPSOIL) 329100 - 2

3. The pH range shall be 6.5 to 8.4. Topsoil that does not meet this pH range shall not be approved by the Architect.

4. Organic content shall not be less than 4 percent and not greater than 20%. 5. Clay content determined by Bouyoucous Hydrometer Test: between 5 percent and 15

percent. 6. Base percentages on dry weight of the sample

2.2 Source Quality Control:

A. Laboratory Test Reports: 1. Conduct topsoil testing for each soil test unit as follows:

a. Existing off-site location(s): 1 sample per acre of site to be excavated. b. Plant mixture: Plant mixture shall be tested twice. First - test topsoil as indicated

above. Second - test plant mixture after integrating mixture ingredients as identified under Part 2 of Exterior Planting specification.

2. Submit all test reports for approval. Topsoil units that do not meet the soil requirements specified under this section will not be permitted for use as Topsoil.

3. Fertility: For each unamended soil type, test topsoil for organic materials, pH, phosphate, potash content, calcium, magnesium, zinc, iron, and manganese.

4. Physical Properties: Determine percent sand, silt and clay and textural classification (USDA) by hydrometer method. Identify all foreign materials such as rock, roots, and vegetation.

5. Supplemental Testing: Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If such problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective action. If any heavy metal exceeds state listed background levels for human contact, soils will not be approved for use on site.

6. Recommendations: Based on the test results, the independent testing laboratory shall state recommendations for soil treatments and soil amendments to be incorporated prior to seeding and planting. List recommendations in weight per 1000 square feet for lawn area and cubic yard of plant mixture. Recommendations shall include; nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and all soil amendments required for the long-term growth of the specified plants and turf.

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Sampling: Each soil test unit shall be a composite of five to seven subsamples taken the full depth of proposed source for each acre of surface area. For on-site stockpiles, discard upper 6 inches of soil before sampling. For large stockpiles, partial excavation will be required for collection of representative samples. Include site plan verifying the locations of all topsoil sampling. Topsoil test reports shall be accompanied with each sample unit for review and approval by the Architect.

B. Testing methods and written recommendations when not references elsewhere, shall comply with USDA's Handbook No. 60. Nutrient data to be given in parts per million (ppm) dry soil.

C. Topsoil shall be as defined in ASTM D5268. D. Soil pH shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D4972. E. Test for organic material by using ASTM D2974.

END OF SECTION